Home
Océ TDS750 User Manual
Contents
1. RES x im Custom Copy File Original ists Dark original Lighter Scanner Grays amp Lines on E Normal image E Photo eorr Lines amp text Automatic Sheet E Original type Background Lighter darker f Bold Feeding compensation 117 Selecting the background compensation Set the background compensation 1 Select the Image card in the Original section 2 Select Background compensation on to get all information correct on the copy A gray background is visible 3 Select Background compensation off to get no gray background Please note weak lines will be affected Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner 145 Bold Bold Purpose You can use the Bold function with originals that contain very thin lines If you use the Bold function all the information on the print is accentuated Use this function to accentuate very thin lines that may otherwise become too weak on the printed output
2. 200 dpi i 300 dpi 0n controller 400 dpi Image F a Destination Resolution File type PDF A Destination compression 131 PDF A compression Optimization Within the PDF A compression option you can define the compression of the file Choose one of the following Compression options select with the arrow keys m Group 4 a None i Note Only choose Group 4 if you are sure you can use this compression afterwards Choose None in any other case TIFF MULTI TIFF Describes image data that typically comes from scanners frame grabbers and paint and photo retouching programs The purpose of TIFF is to describe and store raster image data A primary goal of TIFF is to provide a rich environment within which applications can exchange image data This richness is required to take advantage of the varying capa bilities of scanners and other imaging devices For example TIFF supports lossless image compression Though TIFF is a rich format it can easily be used for simple scanners and 168 Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner File type applications as well because the number of required fields is small
3. RS ibn FA Custom Copy File Original Ansimixed Leading Scanner Ansi small 0 0 360 ii 11 0 image DIN Carto Trailing on standard Standard Gaal IN tandard Synchro 0 0 Media sizes Remove strip Scan width Scan length Feeding 110 Select the required media sizes Select the media sizes 1 Select the Sheet card in the Original section 2 Select the required paper series with the Media sizes function key Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner 139 Select the required media Illustration Stamping Image Layout Finishing Sheet Custom Original File iAG Paper 2 A1 Paper O3 A2 Paper O4 Al Paper i 110 fi A3 Transp 12 Transp i Standard Automatic eor Sunchro p RS cae 111 Select the required media Select the required media 1 Select the Sheet card in the Copy section 2 Select the required media with the Media function key 140 Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner Select the input mode Select the input mode Introduction You can use the Input mode setting to specify how a job will be sorted The Single sheet op
4. RTE a ie Custom Copy File Original a Dark original Lighter Scanner Grays amp Lines n E y Normal Image Photo eor Lines amp text Automatic Darker eof Sheet E Original type Background Lighter darker f Bold Feeding compensation 118 Selecting Bold Set the bold setting 1 Select the Image card in the Original section 2 Select Bold on to get all information correct on the copy Very thin lines will be accen tuated to prevent these lines from disappearing or becoming too faint 3 Select Bold off if you do not want to accentuate very thin lines Please note weak lines may become difficult to see 146 Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner Deliver originals after scanning Deliver originals after scanning Introduction You can choose for delivery of the original to be at the front rewind or the back side of the scanner m On Originals are delivered at the front side of the scanner You have to collect each original by hand a Off Originals are delivered at the back side of the scanner Purpose When you copy thick or very thin originals originals that are damaged or originals in a carrier sheet it is recommended to use the output at the back side of the scanner to ensure correct delivery Rewind function off Caution A The Rewind funct
5. Matrix Logic lf Scanner Multiple sheets 3 Afnor Image Set Leading Ericsson single sheet Traiting Standard Sheet Input mode Legend location f Drawing method Feeding 153 Input mode Make a set copy 1 Open the Feeding card in the Original section 2 Use the Input mode function key to select Set 3 Make other settings as required and feed the original 4 Press the green Start key to start the copy job Your original is fed into the scanner The printer starts 5 Feed the other originals that make up your set When Automatic feed is enabled you do not have to press the green Start key every time you feed an original 6 When all originals are scanned press the green Start key to close the set 7 When you want to abort your job press the red Stop key When you press the red Stop key the entire job is deleted 192 Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner What is Oc Matrix Logic Oc Matrix Logic What is Oc Matrix Logic Introduction Oc Matrix Logic is a software application for the Oc TDS750 multifunction systems available in the Professional Bundle license It allows users to easily create different copy set outputs from one set of scanned originals Matrix Logic copying of a set is based on storing the entire set of scanned originals u
6. Dark original ii Lighter Scanner Grays amp Lines i On i H Normal DIE Bis E Photo eor Pon Lines amp tent Automatic Darker eor Sheet 5 Original type Background F Lighter darker Bold Feeding compensation Original type The Original type you choose affects a number of system settings that optimize the print quality By choosing an original type you choose a number of automated optimization actions performed by the printer to get the best result Automatic background compensation The automatic background compensation will provide a good quality copy from a large variety of originals The automatic background compensation setting which is switched on by default ensures the production of background free copies of most line drawings Brightness You can change the brightness of a print or copy by modifying the Lighter darker of the scanner The setting can be set to lighter and darker Press the Lighter darker function key and use the arrow keys to set the values as desired The Up and Down arrow keys can be used to gradually increase or decrease the Lighter darker setting the Left or Right arrow keys can be used to go to the highest or lowest available level at once If you want to go from any negative value to the highest possible positive value or vice versa you have to press the appropriate Left or Right key twice i Note
7. ee n VES 166 How to retrieve scan files Chapter 5 The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application 259 How to retrieve scanned files via FTP Retrieve files via an FTP command line prompt 260 1 2 3 9 Launch an FTP client Enter the FTP command A DOS box now appears with the FTP prompt Enter the Open command followed by either the registered name of the Oc Power Logic Controller or the IP address for example 194 2 66 146 to connect to the con troller and press Enter open 194 2 66 146 The connection with the controller is now established and a window appears asking you for a user name Enter your user name Anonymous and enter as your password also Anonymous A connection is now set up for the default user Anonymous Set the transmission mode to binary by entering Binary Go to the Tempstore directory using the following command cd tempstore Go to the Scan directory if you want to retrieve a file from a destination on the local host or go to the Unsent directory if you want to retrieve a file from the Unsent folder on the local host Get the data file for example bugatti tif via the Get command Quit FTP by entering the bye command Chapter 5 The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller applicati
8. On Custom Original File Copy Stamping Vertical Vertical Leading Image i Top i 0 0 0 0 Layout E Horizontal Horizontal Trailing Finishing Cert Alignment Shift Add strip Saw Sheet 143 Adding strip 180 Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner Scanning originals with filing strip 3 Adjust the values in mm for the trailing strip using the numeric or arrow keys 4 Press the Add strip function key again 5 Adjust the values in mm for the leading strip using the numeric or arrow keys 6 Make other settings as required 7 Feed the original Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner 181 Improving the image quality Improving the image quality Introduction You can improve the image quality by modifying the exposure setting or making use of special functions You will learn how to switch on and off automatic background com pensation how to use the lighter and darker keys to achieve the best possible copy quality or how to adjust the brightness based on the type of image you want to copy In addition you will learn when to use the Bold function to enhance weak lines Custom Copy File Original
9. Custom Original File Stamping Image First fold only 0 8 Layout Full Reinforce Off Stacker off Finishing g h Folding Folded copy Folded package nding St delivery 181 Folding settings of the print Set the folding method 1 Press the Finishing card in the Print section 2 Press the function key Folding 3 Select First fold only Full or OfP Set the folded print delivery 1 Press the Finishing card in the Print section 2 Press the function key Folded print delivery 3 Select Stacker or Belt Set the folded package width 1 Press the Finishing card in the Print section 2 Press the function key Folded package 3 Select Width Enter a range between 186 230 mm in steps of 1 mm default is 210 mm Set the binding strip 1 Press the Finishing card in the Print section 316 Chapter 9 The finishing options Set the standard folding settings 2 Press the function key Binding 3 Select binding enabled or disabled 4 Ifyou selected enabled enter a range between 15 30 mm in increments of 1 mm default is 20 mm Set the reinforcement 1 Press the Finishing card in the Print section 2 Press the function key Binding 3 Select Reinforce Note
10. Image eee das ie R So On Custom Original Copy File 1006 Optimization cale table age utomatic 129 Scanner operator panel Image card m Scale m Scale table a Mirror Destination Custom Original Copy 200 dpi 300 dpi n controller 400 dpi CALS None Image 4 H De atio Resolution File type TIFF Destination subformat 130 Scanner operator panel Destination card Optimization m Destination m Resolution Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner 163 Settings for scan to file on the scanner operator panel File type PDF A TIFF CALS a TIFF subformat or PDF A compression 164 Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner File mode Destination card settings File mode Introduction File mode can be Off On or On with check print m Off means that the scan to file function is not active m On means scan to file is active m To scan to file with a check print activate both the file mode and the print mode on the scanner operator panel The
11. Oc TDS750 components No Component Integrated receiving tray Appendix A Overview and tables 399 Overview of the Oc TDS750 system No Component Printer operator panel Manual feed section Location of the integrated controller Roll drawers or cut sheet trays Oc TDS600 productive black and white scanner Scanner operator panel Scanner feed table 400 Appendix A Overview and tables Printer operator panel Printer operator panel Ready to print Gi AO Pap 64 9 Gs Az Film Eli A4 Transp a Els Vellum O ige Al FPap110g 443 Film 4 5mil 2 Pap 64 g l Pap 1i0g o Ce Component EE ET CT O Appendix A Overview and tables 401 Scanner operator panel Scanner operator panel Oc TC4 scanner A tom e Scan to file Ready Single copy 1 Lines test 11 Auto ron Double size 200 Auto roll ee Half size Ek sox Auto roil 1 ED Photo LE Photo 1 1 Auto roll Set copy Eee Sort by set Lines amp text Nederlands System sa0os0u0ce 5 No Component 1 LED green and red attention light Display Upper soft key Scroll wheel key 402 Appendix A Overview and tables Scanner operator panel
12. 12 inch B 1 2 36 inch E Others Media Note For manual feed only Portrait orientation is supported B1 B1 DIN are not discriminated on the input table Media sizes in the cut sheet trays 422 DIN range Width mm Length mm A4 portrait 210 A3 landscape Appendix A Overview and tables Available media sizes Media Width mm Length mm 8 5 Inch range Media Width inch Length inch 11 anaes 17 11 B 9 Inch range Media Width inch Length inch T E ema ooo o ooo o 18 portrait 24 landscape Appendix A Overview and tables 423 Standard scale factor Standard scale factor Introduction The Oc TDS750 can scale reduce and enlarge the image to a defined format The overview below shows the scale factor if you need to copy on media of different sizes Caution A If you select the wrong scale factor you can lose information Supported DIN media series The table shows the scale factor if you copy from one media size original column to another media size first row DIN table Origi Standard scale fixed steps for the DIN media series E A1 36inch B1 Ao 84 153 119 84 eo EE Ss nals 2 1285 1285 2 1238 1238 ep Bo e EE a a de a e e Generic ISO media series The table shows the scale factor if you copy from one media size original column to another media size ISO table Originals
13. RAW nization types for m Striped TIFF files m Tiled Available compres Maximum low compression excellent quality sion for PDF file High type with JPEG m Medium a compression Low high compression low quality 412 Appendix A Overview and tables Specifications Oc Scan Logic Available file com TIFF file format pression methods m None uncompressed Group 3 2D Group 4 Packbits LZW PDP A file format JPEG compression m Group 4 a Flate a LZW CALS I file format m Group 4 Available color TIFF file format depths a Black amp white 1 bit per pixel m Grayscale 8 bits per pixel a RGB 24 bits per pixel PDP A file format a Black amp white 1 bit per pixel m Grayscale 8 bits per pixel m RGB 24 bits per pixel CALS I file format mw Black amp white 1 bit per pixel Scan mode Single scan File naming Automatically generate unique file names for each scan Viewing View scans at point of scanning Oc Image Logic The best scan quality for different image types Ease of use Green key principle Scanner templates Scan to file from the scanner operator panel Scan directly to a local or a remote destination Requirements Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller and Oc TDS750 Power Remote Logic to have access to the system Options Oc View Station for editing and enhancement of scanned documents Oc Batch Processor for automat
14. Slide the two other guides into position Also refer to the sticker inside the drawer Close the drawer Chapter 10 Maintain the Oc TDS750 Define the media type and media size Define the media type and media size Purpose To define the media type and media size of a media roll cut sheet tray or manual feed When to do After you insert a new media roll or cut sheet material Define the media type and size 1 wpb Yip Press the Online key on the printer operator panel to put the printer offline The message Offline is displayed in the status window The green LED above the Online key is off Press the left selection key to shift the focus to the media selection Use the arrow keys to select roll 1 to 6 cut sheet tray or Manual Press the right selection key to select the setting you want to define Use the arrow keys to scroll through and define the settings Note Media sizes of both the DIN and ANSI media sizes are available Use the arrow keys to select either a DIN or ANSI format Put the printer online again by pressing the Online key Note You only adjust the settings on the printer operator panel when you alter the size or media type Chapter 10 Maintain the Oc TDS750 375 Refill the toner Toner Refill the toner Introduction If the Refill toner message appears on the printer panel you must refill the toner imme diately Use only 1 bot
15. 190 Putting the belt in an upright position Chapter 9 The finishing options 327 Paper jam in the folder 5 Open the delivery unit 191 Opening the delivery unit 6 Open the guide plate with the green lever 192 Opening the guide plate with the green lever 7 Remove any jammed printing material 8 Open the vertical transport with the green lever 193 Opening the vertical transport 328 Chapter 9 The finishing options Paper jam in the folder 9 Remove any jammed printing material 10 Close the vertical transport 194 Closing the vertical transport 11 Close the guide plate 12 Close the delivery unit 195 Closing the delivery unit Chapter 9 The finishing options 329 Paper jam in the folder How to clear a jam in the belt unit 1 Open the door of the belt unit 196 Opening the belt unit door 2 Squeeze the two green knobs in the upper section of the belt unit and open the plate RSS L 197 Opening the plate 3 Remove any jammed printing material 4 Squeeze the two knobs again and put the plate in its original position 33
16. Available file types a TIFF a TIFF Multipage a PDF A a PDF A Multipage a JPEG Resolution Use this setting to define the resolution of the scanned images The higher the resolution you select the finer the image quality but the larger the file size Resolution on page 114 Original type Use this setting to define the type of original for your scan to file jobs The defined type influences the quality of the output Original type and background compensa tion on page 115 Original width Use this setting to define the width of the original that the scanner scans Original width on page 116 110 Chapter 3 Use the Oc TC4 scanner Available settings for scan to file jobs Setting Remove strip Mirror Lighter darker Description Use this setting to define blank areas on the sides of the scanned image Remove strip on page 117 Use this setting to create a mirrored image of an original Mirroring occurs in the transport direction The image is mirrored along the vertical axis Use this setting to define the exposure of the original Negative values mean less exposure and darker scanned output Positive values mean more exposure and grayer scanned output Note This setting can only be set if the color mode you select is gray or black and white Checkprint Use this setting to define if the system pri
17. Use tar xvf TDS705PLCRemote_vX tar to unpack the file 4 Set the environment variable RL_VM_HOME to point to the installation of the JVM Run the file TDS750PLCRemote Installation procedure for other platforms 270 1 Install Java Virtual Machine version 1 4 2 From the Oc TDS750 Power Remote Logic CD ROM load TDS750PLCRe mote_vX tar or TDS750P_LCRemote_vX zip Set the environment variable RL_VM_HOME to point to the Java Prod ucts TDS750PLCRemote UNIX installation directory 4 If necessary edit the Oc TDS750 Power Remote Logic script or batch file Use the Oc TDS750 Power Remote Logic script or batch file to start the applications Chapter 6 Oc TDS750 Power Remote Logic Start the Oc TDS750 Power Logic application with Oc TDS750 Power Remote Logic Start the Oc TDS750 Power Logic application with Oc TDS750 Power Remote Logic Introduction Use the following 2 methods to start the application with Oc TDS750 Power Remote Logic m Use the programs menu of your operating system m Use a command line parameter Use the Programs menu to start the Oc Power Logic Controller application 1 Select Start 2 Select Programs 3 Select TDS750 Power Remote Logic application The application starts with your default system i Note You can select a system other than your default system Connect to the controller on page 274 Use command line parameters to sta
18. Oc Print Exec Basic allows you to select files configure and submit a print job as well as check on the status of the printer Options in Oc Print Exec Basic Oc Print Exec Basic has the following options Application Options Oc Print Exec View status information about the printer configuration and Basic available media Set the document or drawing settings Set the job settings for a print job Add a maximum of 100 documents or drawings to a print job Submit print jobs to Scheduled jobs or the Waiting jobs in the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application The documentation set Application Available documentation Oc Print Exec m The Oc Print Exec Basic user manual Basic m Online help files in the Oc Print Exec Basic application Chapter 2 Use the Oc TDS750 to print a job 67 Connect to Oc Print Exec Basic Connect to Oc Print Exec Basic Before you begin Requirements for the browser software and network m Microsoft Internet Explorer 6 or higher versions or Firefox 2 0 or higher versions a TCP IP network which connects the printer and the end user workstation How to connect to Oc Print Exec Basic 1 Check with Oc License Logic if Oc Print Exec Basic is enabled 2 Enter the following link URL in you browser http printer name When you enter the URL for the first time the required software is installed automatically at your workstation 68
19. The belt unit Introduction A belt unit offers a large capacity and more flexibility On the belt unit up to 100 Ao prints can be delivered offset stacked You can adjust the side guides of the belt depending on the width of the folded package Selecting belt as folded copy delivery on scanner operator panel of the Oc TC4 scanner 1 Access the Copy templates 2 Open the Folding option in the template 3 Use the scroll wheel to select full belt 4 Define the folding width and length Selecting belt as folded copy delivery on scanner operator panel of the Oc TDS600 scanner 1 Open the Finishing card in the Copy section of the scanner operator panel 2 Press the Folding function key to select full folding 3 Press the Folded copy delivery function key to select the belt How to adjust the side guides of the belt 1 Loosen the nuts see the illustration below 184 Adjust the side guides 2 Adjust the plate based on the width of the fold package 3 Tighten the nuts 324 Chapter 9 The finishing options Paper jam in the folder Paper jam in the folder Introduction When printing material feeds incorrectly in section 1 Clear paper jams on the printer on page 385 a jam has occurred in the folding section Any jams in the folder can occur in either the first fold section the second fold section the folder transport section or the belt unit How to cle
20. The display The graphical LCD display offers feedback about the current printer status It provides you with the following information m Status information e g Preparing for run or Ready to print During normal operation the following message types may appear Status action message indicates the actual status of the printer plus the action to be taken e g Roll empty Feed A2 plain paper Warning message during a warning message the printer will continue to operate but it is possible that the print quality is not optimal e g Fill TDS750 toner A graphical overview of available rolls and sheet feeders including the material type and size used by each roll or sheet feeder A symbol indicating the paper orientation for cut sheet tray only Chapter 1 Introduction 39 The printer operator panel a An indication that a particular roll or cut sheet tray is empty An empty roll is repre sented by a dotted roll symbol An empty cut sheet tray is displayed as an empty paper tray m In the event of an error a graphical representation of any error location cover or panel is displayed together with instructions on how to solve the problem The counter On the operator panel of the Oc TDS750 printer a counter is displayed to give the user feedback about the progress of the job that is currently being printed The counter which is located at the bottom of the upper window on the operator panel
21. Activate deactivate buzzer Clear set memory Description Follow the instructions in the wizard to configure the network settings for the adapter Restart the con troller to implement the settings Follow the instructions to enable or disable a fixed password The password protects the Administrator only option against unau thorized access You can not choose a new pass word Follow the instructions to enable or disable the sound of the buzzer The set memory will be cleared after you restart the controller All the jobs will be cleared from the set memory This menu is password protected and only used by Oc Service Chapter 1 Introduction 43 Climate control on the Oc TDS750 Climate control on the Oc TDS750 Introduction Climate The Oc TDS750 gives the best print results when the printer is located in a room with moderate climate conditions and or air conditioning This way the temperature and humidity levels in the room can be kept at a level that guarantees optimal print results on the Oc TDS750 The quality of the prints on the Oc TDS750 can be negatively influenced by humidity in the environment and humidity of the media that the printer uses to print on For printers that are located in a room that has no climate control facilities or that is known to be humid from time to time the Oc TDS750 can be furnished with an op tional climate control function The climate
22. An attention light will flash above the printer operator panel when operator attention is required A buzzer can be activated to alert the operator whenever operator intervention is needed Activate the buzzer on page 63 Normally the paper moves through the system without problems On the graphical dis play a cover or door indicates in which part of the system the paper has stopped The display guides you through a sequence of steps to correct the problem Ifa jam occurs in more than one location the display will continue to instruct you until all jammed paper has been removed If you corrected the error the display gives instruction on how to continue the job Stickers on some parts of the system indicate which green handles green knobs green bars and covers etc you have to lift press or open to remove any jammed paper 384 Chapter 10 Maintain the Oc TDS750 Clear paper jams on the printer Clear paper jams on the printer When paper jams occur the copy process stops and the message Paper jam appears on the printer operator panel The error location is shown by an illustration on the printer operator panel highlighted section of the system indicates the error location Take the following steps to solve a paper jam Follow the instructions on the printer operator panel m Leave the main power turned on to prevent loss of data and correct the paper jam as described in the following sections m Remove all
23. File menu and select New or click the New button in the toolbar The properties window appears Select SMB from the Type drop down list box 4 Enter the system name of the workstation where you created the shared folder 10 Note Make sure that you enable the setting NetBIOS over TCP IP in the Power Logic Controller application to resolve the system name Note Find the system name of the workstation on the control panel of the workstation Control panel Network Identification System name Enter the system name of the remote location and click Find to identify the system lo cation easily Enter the path name This is the name of the shared folder on your workstation For Windows Vista Windows 7 Windows 2000 and XP use the DOS name of the shared folder Enter a path of the target folder in the Path text box You can also click the Browse button to select the path Ifyou have set a username and a password for the shared folder on the workstation then enter the username and the password in the required fields Set the required file naming properties Click OK The Power Logic Controller application connects to the new SMB destination The Scan jobs view area then shows the contents of the new SMB destination Create a web destination with FTP 1 Create a home directory and a subdirectory on a workstation For example c Ftp Scan Chapter 5 T
24. Files that are stored at a remote destination cannot be viewed The viewing capability is only available for files stored directly on the controller It is not accessible from the Oc TDS750 PLC Remote application 160 Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner Scan to multipage Scan to multipage Introduction Scan to multipage allows the user to scan multiple originals into a unique multipage file Scan to Multipage will be available for TIFF and PDF A file types Other scan to file formats only allow single page scanning How to Scan to multipage m Select MULTI PDF A or MULTI TIFF as your File type m Press the green Start key to close the set m Press the Stop key to abort the job Abort Scan to multipage a Abort at the first page scanning The current scan is aborted and the set is closed at the same time a Abort during page scanning page gt 2 A message is displayed at the scanner panel to continue with the next scan or to press button again to abort the job Pressing the abort button a second time will abort the job No file is created and the job is removed m Abort in between scans No file is created and the job is removed Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner 161 Multi copy check print Multi copy check print Introduction Multi copy check print allows the user to create one or more copies from the originals that are scanned from the scanner panel The user can specif
25. How to move up the jobs in the Scheduled jobs 1 Click Print jobs in the vertical icon toolbar on the left hand side of the screen 2 Select the job s that you want to move up in the Scheduled jobs 3 Click Move to top to move the jobs up on the list directly after the active job s Result The selected jobs will be moved to the top of the list directly below the active job 232 Chapter 5 The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application View the job properties of jobs in the Scheduled jobs View the job properties of jobs in the Scheduled jobs Introduction The Scheduled jobs area contains print jobs and copy jobs Print job properties are defined with the printer driver or the job submission software Copy job properties are defined on the user interface panel of the Oc TDS750 scanner As long as the jobs in the Scheduled jobs have not been processed jobs ready to be printed you can view the job properties Purpose View the properties of a copy or print job in the Scheduled jobs How to view job properties in the Scheduled jobs 1 Click Print jobs in the vertical icon toolbar to access the Scheduled jobs 2 Select the job you want to view You can only view one job at a time 3 Click Properties to access a secondary window where you can see the job properties 4 Click OK to close the window Chapter 5 The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application 233
26. Introduction A license file contains a license per option of your Oc system You can view the current active licenses with Oc License Logic You can preview the new active licenses with Oc License Logic during the license activation job A license file contains licenses of the same license type A license file you receive from Oc contains only licenses of the same license type The following license types are possible ma Demo m Resale If you order demo and resale licenses you receive 2 license files What you see per situation What you see per situation depends on the license file you use What you see depends on the situation Situation View the current active licenses Oc delivered one or more li cense files What do you see You see the following a All current active demo licenses All current active resale licenses a All current other not active options You see one of the following options a A demo license file m A resale license file a A demo license file and a resale license file Preview the demo licenses during the license activation job if you use the license file with demo li censes You see the following a All current active demo licenses m All new active demo licenses Note You cannot see the current active resale licenses at this point Chapter 7 Oc License Logic 285 The structure of license files and licenses 286 Situation
27. Preview the resale licenses during the license activation job if you use the license file that contains the resale licenses Preview the demo and resale li censes during the license activa tion job if you use the saved li censes of your back up file The license activation job is fin ished Chapter 7 Oc License Logic What do you see You see the following m All current active resale licenses m All new active resale licenses Note You cannot see the current active demo licenses at this point You see the following m All demo licenses that were active at the time you created the back up file m All resale licenses that were active at the time you created the back up file You see the following a All current active demo licenses All new active demo licenses All current active resale licenses All new resale licenses All current other not active options Log on to Oc License Logic Control your licenses with Oc License Logic Log on to Oc License Logic Introduction You can run Oc License Logic on the controller of the Oc system or remote through a web browser Access to Oc License Logic is password protected Use the same network administrator password as you use on the Oc system to log on Purpose Log on to Oc License Logic for the following purposes View the current active licenses Get the host id of the Oc system Save the current acti
28. Printer PDLs a a a a C4 a a a a a a Security tab m Normal Medium a High Chapter 5 The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application 211 Log on as a different user Log on as a different user Purpose Each user has specific rights and authorizations to perform actions in the application To be able to perform an action in a workspace you must logon with the user role that has read and write access Before you begin Make sure that you are the only user that is logged on in the selected user role If there is another user active in the same user role you only have read access to the workspaces The first user who logs on in a certain user role always has read and write permissions How to log on as a different user Click the Log on menu option in the menu bar of the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application A secondary window appears 2 Select the required user role from the drop down box 3 Enter the password 4 Click OK Note li You can set a default logon role if you only want to log on as key operator for example Result If you have entered the correct password you are now logged on The status bar at the bottom of the screen displays the log on status If the password is not correct a message appears that asks you to enter the correct password 212 Chapter 5 The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application Change the password Change the pas
29. The No active license window opens if there are no active licenses The View licenses windows opens if Oc License Logic detects active licenses 2 Ifthe No active license window opens click the Next button The View licenses window opens 3 Click the Activate button 294 Chapter 7 Oc License Logic Perform a license activation job 4 Click the Browse button to select the location of the license file and click OK 5 Click the Next button A preview of the new license situation displays What you see depends on the license types in the license file you use The structure of license files and licenses on page 285 You see one of the following options m Ifyou use a license file with demo licenses the current active and the new demo licenses display m Ifyou use a license file with resale licenses the current active and the new resale licenses display m Ifyou use a saved file with demo and resale licenses the demo and resale licenses display like the time you created the back up file 6 Click the Next button The end user license agreement displays Read the end user license agreement carefully If you agree select I accept Click the Finish button to activate the license The View licenses window displays N 9 Restart the controller of the Oc system Result The licenses are active and the options are ready for use Chapter 7 Oc License Logic 295
30. View locally scanned files 5 Click the View button in the toolbar to display the scanned file in the right hand section of the workspace 262 Chapter 5 The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application Functions in Oc Power Logic Controller Viewing Functions in Oc Power Logic Controller Viewing Menu options File menu Command What does it do Close Closes the active document Properties Provides technical information about and allows you to change certain properties of the document View menu Command What does it do Toolbars View toolbar displays and removes the toolbar that contains buttons The View toolbar appears below the menu bar by default It serves as a fast means of selecting some File View and Preference menu commands Windows Status bar Status Bar displays and removes the Status Bar at the bot tom of the window The Status Bar displays the pointer coordinates and a status line Pan Use the mouse to move the image Rotate Rotate 90 Rotates the image 90 degrees counterclockwise CCW Rotates the image 90 degrees clockwise CW Rotate Rotates the image 180 degrees 180 Fit Scales the image to fill the window 1 1 Displays the image at a 1 1 scale factor Magnify Zooms into the page Reduce Zooms out of the page Zoom Use the mouse to zoom in out Refresh Redraws all windows displaying the active document Invert
31. You can also select the input mode from the Custom section if this setting has been defined for this Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner 141 Select the scale factor Select the scale factor Introduction You can use the Scale setting to select a scale factor This scale factor is used to recalculate the size of the original to fit onto the output material which can have a different size Note li You can also select the scale factor from the Custom card if this setting has been de fined for this card Illustration Custom Original File Stamping E 1000 Los Pua Layout Scale table z Automatic Finishing H 3 a Sheet 115 Select the scale factor Select the scale factor 1 Select the Image card in the Copy section 2 Select Automatic scale table 1 1 or set the scale factor on the display of the scanner operator panel m Automatic scale selection The system automatically calculates the scale ratio based on the original size and the output media size 1 1 Results in an image that is exactly the same size as the original Scale table Gives access to the scale table conversions You can choose between 4 predefined enlargement steps and 4 reduction steps These steps translate the original siz
32. Delete a job in the Scheduled jobs Delete a job in the Scheduled jobs Purpose You have the ability to stop and delete a print job that is in Scheduled jobs How to remove a job in the Scheduled jobs 1 Click Print jobs in the vertical icon toolbar to access the Scheduled jobs 2 Select the job you want to delete 3 Press the Delete button in the toolbar This action deletes the selected print job imme diately Result The job is now removed from the Scheduled jobs In addition the job is not present in the Printed jobs either Note li If you delete a job in the Scheduled jobs that was reprinted from the Printed jobs this action will also remove the job in the Printed jobs 234 Chapter 5 The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application Hold a running job in the Scheduled jobs Hold a running job in the Scheduled jobs Introduction The Scheduled jobs offers an Interrupt and Exit interrupt function that you can use to stop a running job in favor of a high priority job After the high priority job is completed you can resume the print job at the push of a button The printer picks up where the job was stopped without loss of information Purpose You need to print a high priority job immediately and cannot wait until the running print job is finished Note li It is possible to interrupt a job on the printer operator panel of the Oc TDS750
33. T 5 Lu N gt Operating information Oc Technologies B V Oc Oc TDS750 are registered trademarks of Oc Technologies B V Adobe Acrobat Reader and Distiller are registered trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated PostScript 3 is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated Apple Mac Mac OS and Macintosh are registered trademarks of Apple Computer Inc True Type is a registered trademark of Apple Computer Inc AutoCAD and Autodesk are registered trademarks of Autodesk Inc InstallShield is a registered trademark of InstallShield Software Corporation WIN OS 2 OS 2 Lotus Notes OS 390 z OS are registered trademarks of Interna tional Business Machines Corporation in the United States other countries or both FLEXIm is a trademark of Macrovision Corporation LMTOOLS License Manager Tools is a trademark of Macrovision Corporation Microsoft Windows Windows NT Windows 98 Windows 2000 Windows XP Windows Server 2003 are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Cor poration in the United States and or other countries Netscape is a registered trademark of the Netscape Communications Corporation in the U S and other countries NetWare Novell Novell iPrint Novell Distributed Print Services NDPS are registered trademarks of Novell Inc Siemens Siemens BS2000 and
34. TDS750 Power Logic Controller application a scan to file job appears in the selected destination of the Scan jobs workspace Illustration di fin 123123 112233 65 The By set left and By page icon of the Collate setting How to make multiple sets of copies sorted by set 1 Feed the first original face down and right aligned The scanner takes the original 2 Define the job settings m Select Copy with the upper left softkey The copy job templates appear m Open a copy job template with a left softkey The Create set option appears at the upper right corner of the screen m Select Create set with the upper right softkey The Cancel set option appears at the upper left corner of the screen The Close set option appears at the upper right corner of the screen m Scroll to Collate and define By set with the left softkey This setting is disabled after you press the green start key for the first time m Scroll to another setting if necessary select the setting with the left softkey and define the value with the scroll wheel m Define the number of copies and press the green start key You cannot change the number of copies after you press the green start key for the first time Chapter 3 Use the Oc TC4 scanner 93 Make multiple sets of copies Feed the next original define the enabled settings for this original if necessary and press the green start key Repeat this step unti
35. With the original type you identify what kind of original you want to copy or scan The Oc TDS750 offers you a range of original types one range for the B amp W mode Grayscale and one range specific for the color mode Color If you select an original type the Oc TDS750 optimizes the print quality automatically for that particular type of input The illustrations below explain on which aspects the original types are optimized and how they relate to each other in terms of optimization manipulation E Photo 1 M Artwork 2 E Map 3 E Lines amp Text 4 A3e1n22e AOJOD UIEJUIEW Enhance sharpness 60 Original type characterization for the color mode Color Chapter 3 Use the Oc TC4 scanner 89 Improve the copy quality according to the original E Photo 1 E Grays amp Lines 2 M Lines amp Text 3 Transparent 4 iw M Dark Originals 5 S E Blue Print 6 ue lt 5 lt oO 3 oO Enhance sharpness 61 Original type characterization for the color mode Grayscale Before you begin If you must enter the same value for a setting very often you can set this value as the de fault value for that setting in the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application After you press the start key the scanner operator panel always shows the job number and status of the job A copy job appears temporarily in the Scheduled jobs in the Oc TDS750 Po
36. i Make sure that you previously installed the driver and defined the default Device settings Note Check that the printer measurements units are the same in the application and in the driver How to print a drawing on the Oc TDS750 1 Create the document in your application 2 Select File Page setup or File Print setup 3 4 Define the document format for the selected printer by defining the Page size In the Select your printer Page size list you can select a standard Page size or select a Custom size previously regis tered Display the application preview if the function is available Note The preview only takes into account the settings available in the application It does not display the driver transformation settings Mirror Rotation Alignment Shift Select File Print Send the document directly for printing Instead you can also open Properties to access the printer settings Then you can modify the driver settings attach a user identification to the output using the accounting option define the number of copies set the layout and image quality before printing 66 Chapter 2 Use the Oc TDS750 to print a job Introduction to Oc Print Exec Basic Introduction to Oc Print Exec Basic Actions in Oc Print Exec Basic Oc Print Exec Basic is a print job submission application that allows you to send print jobs to the Oc TDS750 through a web browser
37. section 2 Use the Folded copy delivery function key to select the Stacker option Result The copies are delivered to the stacker of the folder If you select the Belt option the folded copies are delivered to the lower belt of the folder Define the folding settings 1 Open the Finishing card in the Copy section 2 Define the fold method You can choose between a full fold or First fold only 3 Define the folding width and length of the package 4 Indicate if you want to add a binding strip If yes also define the size of the binding strip If you choose a binding strip you cannot reinforce the copies 152 Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner Interrupt a job Interrupt a job Introduction Use the Job interrupt key on the scanner operator panel to give extra priority to a copy job When you press the Job interrupt key your copy job will be placed on top of the Scheduled jobs in the Power Logic Controller application When you select Job inter rupt a message appears on the scanner panel display The print process will be interrupted after the current page is printed The transport of originals on the scanner will not be interrupted There can be several new jobs in the list during Job interrupt They are put in a First In First Out sequence In the Scheduled jobs area in the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application you can manage interrupt jobs in the foll
38. siz A1 Paper 4 A1 Paper 1 AO Paper A2 Paper i 1 A3 Transp 12 Transp Automatic Single sheet Automatic ae wera ns 97 Custom section The key operator defines the contents of the custom section for each template in the Power Logic Controller application The key operator can change the contents dependent on your configuration for example into the settings illustrated above Original section The Original section contains all settings for the scanner input the original The settings are divided over the following cards m Scanner 126 Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner Sections on the scanner operator panel m Image m Sheet m Feeding DEEE i A Custom Copy File Original Dark original Lighter Scanner Grays amp Lines H sien H e Normal Face E Photo ss a oer Lines amp text Darker Original type ackground Lighter darker f Bold Feeding compensation 98 Original section Print section The Print section contains all settings for the printer output the print The settings are divided over the followi
39. Align the roll with the appropriate size indicator on the roll holder and release the locking mechanism This line has to be completely visible 368 Chapter 10 Maintain the Oc TDS750 Load rolls of media 7 Use both hands to place the holder in the roll drawer 239 Position the media 8 Use both hands to slide the material under the metal paper guide until it makes contact as shown in the above illustration Note When the media is particularly curled it may be somewhat difficult to slide the material under the paper guide In that case you can slightly fold back the top few centimeters no more than 10 of the media to facilitate the load process 240 Use both hands Chapter 10 Maintain the Oc TDS750 369 Load rolls of media 9 Press the appropriate green key inside the paper roll drawer The material will automati cally be fed into the machine Also refer to the sticker inside the drawer 241 Buttons for feeding and cutting the paper 10 Press the green button a second time to cut off the material protruding from the paper path 11 Remove the scrap material 12 Close the roll drawer 370 Chapter 10 Maintain the Oc TDS750 Use the optional roll loader Use the optional roll loader Introduction In order to help customers and to comply with the international safety regulations as far as maximum roll weights are concerned Oc has
40. Component EE CT oo pew OoOO oo yO Left soft keys Upper soft key No Component Selection keys Arrow keys Correction key Green start key EN Function keys Job interrupt key Appendix A Overview and tables 403 Specifications of the Oc TDS750 Specifications of the Oc TDS750 Specifications of the Oc TDS750 Introduction The Oc TDS750 is a wide format black and white mid volume multi functional printer with an optional productive black and white scanner or a flexible color scanner The Oc TDS750 offers a broad range of print copy and scan to file functionality The table below gives you more information on the performance of the system the technical and safety requirements and general information regarding dimensions weight power consumption etc Printer Technology Electrophotographic LED head with organic photo conductor OPC drum and closed toner system Print resolution 6oodpi x 1200dpi Print speed 6 0 m min 4 7 Ao portrait min 9 D min m 3 6 m min for heavy materials Media sources Several possible configurations from 2 to 6 rolls up to 2 cur sheet trays and a manual sheet feed section See Overview of the Oc TDS7 50 system on page 398 Output sizes DIN and ANSI formats from A4 to Ao and 36 up to 150 meters long Media types Plain t
41. How to print a job from the Printed jobs 1 Click Print jobs in the vertical icon toolbar to access the Printed jobs Result Select the job s you want to print You can select more than one job at a time Click Print to send the job s to the Scheduled jobs Keep in mind that the original job disappears from the Printed jobs and is sent to the Scheduled jobs The selected jobs are now added at the bottom of the Scheduled jobs If you reprint the jobs to the Scheduled jobs one at a time each job is added after the last job If you select more than one job the complete selection is added to the Scheduled jobs in the same order as shown in the Printed jobs Chapter 5 The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application 241 View the job properties of jobs in Printed jobs View the job properties of jobs in Printed jobs Purpose View the properties of a job in the Printed jobs i Note Use the functions in the Waiting jobs toolbar or right click when you have selected the job How to view the job properties in the Printed jobs 1 Click Print jobs in the vertical icon toolbar to access the Printed jobs 2 Select the job you want to view You can only view the properties of one job at a time 3 Click Properties to access a secondary window where you can see the job properties 4 Click OK to close the window again 242 Chapter 5 The Oc TDS7
42. MULTI TIFF makes it possible to scan multiple originals into one multipage file TIFF subformat CALS Custom Original Copy Organization Raw 200 dpi Optimization i 300 dpi on controller 400 dpi CALS None Image Destination Resolution File type TIFF Destination subformat 132 TIFF subformat settings Compression Within the TIFF subformat option you can define the Organization and Compression of the file Choose one of the following Organization options select with the arrow keys m Striped m Tiled m Raw Note Only choose Striped or Tiled when you are sure you can use these organizations afterwards Choose Raw in any other case Choose one of the following Compression options select with the arrow keys m Group 4 m Group 3 a None Only choose Group 4 or Group 3 when you are sure you can use these compressions afterwards Choose None in any other case If you scan grayscales or dark originals use Group 3 compression In these cases group 4 can increase the file size Group 4 and
43. Note The passwords are case sensitive Authorization There can only be one system administrator key operator or repro operator active at a time in the application Only one user at a time that is logged on in a certain user role is authorized to change the settings An error message appears when a second user tries to log on ina certain user role There is no limitation of users authorized to view the settings How to log on to the controller application User name Machine administrator Password Password 1 Select the Log on menu to access the logon dialog box 2 Select the required user name 3 Enter the password 4 Click OK Chapter 6 Oc TDS750 Power Remote Logic 277 Log on to Oc TDS750 Power Remote Logic You are now logged on as special user When you are not logged on you have Anonymous user permissions The status bar at the bottom shows the user mode The logon is limited to one user only How to log off from the controller application Select the Log on menu and choose Log off You return to the anonymous user mode Log off from the controller application to prevent unauthorized use 278 Chapter 6 Oc TDS750 Power Remote Logic Change the Password Change the Password Illustration Username Machine administrator Password Cancel Password How to change the pa
44. Note To deactivate the buzzer repeat the procedure described above When the buzzer is ac tivated you must select the Deactivate buzzer option as an item in the list Result The printer will give a sound signal when operator intervention is needed for example when the printer runs out of toner or media Chapter 2 Use the Oc TDS750 to print a job 63 Clear the set memory Clear the set memory Purpose You can clear the set memory in the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application but it is also possible to clear the set memory directly on the printer operator panel When to do When the system is blocked due to a corrupt job or when the set memory is full Before you begin Access the Administrator only menu Access the Administrator only menu on page 57 Caution A Make sure there are no active print jobs because you must restart the controller after you have chosen to clear the set memory Turn on and off the controller See Turn on and off the Oc TDS750 on page 32 Please take note that all the jobs will be cleared from the memory Illustration Select item Clear memory gt Activate password 39 Clear the set memory Clear the set memory 1 Use the Up Down key at the right hand side of the operator panel to scroll through the items in the list 2 Select the Clear memory menu option 3 Press Next to clear the set memory 4 Press OK to confirm 5 mes
45. Preferences workspace on the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller appli cation 4 Click the Finishing Oc Double Decker Pro settings 5 Select the settings to define the Tray selection method Result The tray selection method is made 354 Chapter 9 The finishing options Chapter 10 Maintain the Oc TDS750 Clean the scan area Maintain the Oc TC4 scanner Clean the scan area Introduction You need to keep the glass plate clean A dirty glass plate causes a decreased copy and scan quality Clean the glass plate when you have lines on the image that are not on the original Caution A Use Oc cleaner A to get the best results Caution A Make sure you do not damage the sensor at the right of the glass plate How to clean the glass plate 1 Turn off the Oc TC4 scanner 2 Pull the top cover towards you and lift the top cover to open it 224 Open the top cover 356 Chapter 10 Maintain the Oc TDS750 Clean the scan area 3 Clean the glass plate and the white plate with a lint free cloth and a small quantity of the nw cleaner 225 Do not damage the sensor at the right side in front of the glass plate Dry the glass plate and the white plate with another lint free cloth Clean the white plate Lift the top cover turn the top cover towards you and push the top cover down until you hear or feel a click Turn on the Oc TC4 scanner Chapter 10 Ma
46. Standard scale fixed steps for the ISO media series A0 A1 A4 424 Appendix A Overview and tables Standard scale factor Originals Standard scale fixed steps for the ISO media series A2 A3 A4 Appendix A Overview and tables 425 Standard scale factor 426 Appendix A Overview and tables Appendix B Miscellaneous Reader s comment sheet Reader s comment sheet Questions 428 Have you found this manual to be accurate O Yes O No Were you able to operate the product after reading this manual O Yes O No Does this manual provide sufficient background information O Yes O No Is the format of this manual convenient in size readability and arrangement page layout chapter order etc O Yes ONo Could you find the information you were looking for O Always O Most of the times O Sometimes O Not at all What did you use to find the required information O Table of contents O Index Are you satisfied with this manual O Yes O No Thank you for evaluating this manual If you have other comments or concerns please explain or suggest improvements overleaf or on a separate sheet Comments Appendix B Miscellaneous Reader s comment sheet This reader s comment sheet is completed by If you prefer to remain unknown please do fill in your occupation Name Occupation Company Phone Address City Country Please return this sheet to Oc Technol
47. TDS750 Power Logic Controller application a Separation method m Separation sheet selection m Separation sheet roll m Separation sheet length m Leading strip Before you begin Enable the settings of the Oc Double Decker Pro in the Preferences workspace Make sure you log on as key operator to be able to define the settings Set the media separation settings 1 Log on as key operator 2 Access the Preferences workspace on the Oc TDS750 Power Logic controller applica tion Click the Finishing Oc Double Decker Pro settings Select the settings to define the Separation method A Result The media separation method is made Chapter 9 The finishing options 353 How to set the tray selection method How to set the tray selection method Introduction You can set one of the following tray selection settings in the Preferences workspace of the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application a Tray selection method a Job type delivery a Switch tray on set size m Switch tray for each set m Select on media size Before you begin Enable the settings of the Oc Double Decker Pro in the Preferences workspace Make sure you log on as key operator to be able to define the settings Set the tray selection setting 1 Switch the tray selection lever to the middle position 2 Log onas key operator 3 Access the
48. The bookkeeper uses Oc Account Console to retrieve and export the log data The bookkeeper uses the log data for accounting purposes 298 Chapter 8 Accounting software Oc Account Center An overview of Oc Account Center Illustration User roles and tasks in Oc Account center User roles and tasks in Oc Account center 1 Administrator A Create manage and delete the account dialog B Publish the account dialog to the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller 2 Users C Use the dialog of Oc Account Logic or the dialog in the Oc Windows Printer Driver WPD or Oc Print Exec Workgroup to specify the account information for each copy print and scan to file job 3 Bookkeeper D Retrieve and use the account information of the copy print and scan to file jobs that is stored on the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller The log data serves as input for the accounting reports and invoices Access to Oc Account Logic You can access the application via the vertical icon tollbar in the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application Chapter 8 Accounting software Oc Account Center 299 An overview of Oc Account Center Actions to access Oc Account Logic m Access the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application m Click the Oc Account Logic icon at the bottom of the vertical icon toolbar A secondary smaller window appears on top of the window of the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller
49. a Roll empty indication is displayed on the printer operator panel and on the status bar of the Oc TDS750 Power Logic controller application You then have to load a new roll of media If you load new print media you must tell the system the size of the material and the type of print material paper transparent or polyester See Available media types on page 418 for an overview of all materials that can be used on the Oc TDS750 printer When you load the media you can place one roll at a time conveniently on top of the printer Two protruding roll retainers prevent the roll from dropping off the printer 366 Chapter 10 Maintain the Oc TDS750 Load rolls of media 236 Roll retainer Load the media 1 Open the appropriate roll drawer Chapter 10 Maintain the Oc TDS750 367 Load rolls of media i Note Do not open more than one roll drawer at a time to prevent overbalance of the printer 237 Open the drawer 2 If necessary remove any scrap material from the paper roll drawer 3 Remove the roll holder from the paper roll drawer 4 Press the green knob inside the roll holder on the right side to release the locking mechanism see the illustration below and remove the core from the holder 238 Press the knob 5 Slide the roll holder in the new roll of material while pressing the green knob 6
50. risiraciiissnaniren tepes FTP destination How to w eeeeeeeee Job templates wis Local destination cccccscsscsscessereersensereees 248 OUBANIZALION rss see 112 Reduction Steps sissc cseisssorsssesessssenesoseasessese0500 171 Scale table a sscscascsssasecccsesonsssrssecssenessarsvisovtseasss 171 Settings wees 163 SMB destination 248 Scan to file job Scan to flefobis sssccissssosoesssbeasestenssoisaseoseseeses 103 Baste eona er E caus aevacssdete Extended Introduction Scan to file jobs Scan to file jobs 252 Check print setting occ ceeseseteseeeeeeees 110 Clear an original jam ote 360 364 Destination setting 110 Lighter darker setting 2110 Mirror sete gs ccscssccsdes screen tikria 110 Resolution cccccccccscsscsscecescessessessessessesseeees 114 Settings asi QUO aesresuscvscscssicascessnsevssseveseassersanacseseatseesnesves Scan to multipage on TC4 ADORE ssp nn ina 109 TOW TO aA RIA RANOGA 109 IntOdu tiON siiis issie aiii 109 Scan to multipage on TDS600 AbOrt sssseiesscstssssassaseessisscsesisisedeadecasssesssdseentens How to o eeeeeeee Introduction Scanned file properties Scanned file properties c cccsssseseseeseseeeees 255 Scanned files Scanner Scanner operator panel cccsseseeseeseeeeeeees 74 Scanner error messages Scanner error Messages eeeeeseseeseeeeeeeeeeeee 361 Scanner operator panel Oc TDS600 scanner nisrersrasarinriie 124 USA pE sescstsscssscoss
51. the copy can be stored in a binder without running the risk of the punch holes tearing out You can unfold a folded map in a binder without opening the binder mechanism see figure below 183 Example of a folded map The optional reinforcement unit supports all media sizes larger than A4 Clean the reinforcement knives on page 343 for more information about inserting a new tape roll and other maintenance issues Note li Reinforcement is only possible with the Standard folding method 322 Chapter 9 The finishing options The reinforcement unit Enable reinforcement Access the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application Log on as key operator or repro operator Click Preferences Print job defaults Finishing Binding strip Select reinforcement to enable the reinforcement option wp rm i Note You can also set reinforcement on the printer operator panel in offline mode Set reinforcement for the copy job in the scanner operator panel of the Oc TC4 scanner 1 Access the Copy templates 2 Open the Binding option in the template 3 Select Reinforce Set reinforcement for the copy job in the scanner operator panel of the Oc TDS600 scanner 1 Press the Finishing card in the Print section 2 Press the function key Binding 3 Select Reinforce Chapter 9 The finishing options 323 The belt unit
52. 0000 1 Automatic feed Oc TDS600 scanner ceseeseesseseesseeseeeaees 1 Automatic file number definition Automatic file number definition 000 2 Automatic logon Fite le iss iscesesdssiecsstdess ded tts svesdensdsdesscssevseses4eeic 2 Available media sizes Available media sizes s csccsccssesseeseeseeseeseens 4 Available media types Available media types cccccssseteseseneneees 4 Available settings Available seteitigs c ssssesssescssssdessseseoenssessssoesenses Available toolbars Available toolbars cccccccsccsssesseeseessseseeees 2 Available workspaces Available workspaces cccessessseseseseseneeees 2 B Background compensation Oc TDS600 scannet ceseeseesseseesseeseeesees 1 Banners Banners srren G ARTE I a 2 Basic copy job Basic copy JOD ccrscsuosarscssoseiscesdescsessnssisensvenistneis Belt unit Bele unites Rs 310 3 Definitio M aron ER 3 Bold Oc TDS600 scanner narsismin 1 Brightness Oc TDS600 Productive scanner 0000 1 Buzzer Activate or deactivate ccccscsessessessesseeseeseees C Calibrate scanner Calibrate scanner cccccccccsssesssesseeseessseeseeaees 3 Calibrate wizard Calibrate wizard c ccccccccecssesscessesesesseeseeeees 3 Cancel a print job Cancel a print Job sus ste Index Change the operator panel language Change the operator panel language 131 Change the password Change the password cccesseeesesesesese
53. 145 BOIS ar sn ttes er itialae se tinies tetes 146 Deliver originals after scanning 147 Define settings for the next original 148 Account LOG Gissciecebesscdeeticcteees inledheds deh he eee idee tbe ete 149 Use the manual feed function for copy jobs 150 Define delivery of copies ss 152 Interrupt A job 153 Stop a job on the scanner Rs 155 RAS LOT 01 LG LC sees a tec wee cece RE EE eee dee 156 Basic scan to file jobs on the Oc TDS600 scanner 157 Perform basic scan to file jobs 157 Oc Scan Logic TA ea A en en L de da Le ste 158 Make SCan to fil s i ssssusei ire latin ifir reste enr 159 SCan to MUITIDAQE 2 2222 Sarvumrrsssonnes et sase runna aaran 161 Multi copy check print is 162 Settings for scan to file on the scanner operator panel 163 Destination card settings 165 Eana E LE 165 D stinatiON sesso ce cants innin niaaa aAa EAREN 166 RESOLUTION ccccceccccccceceeceeeeeceeeescessseessesenaaeneeesueeeeseeeeeeeeeeeseeeeseees 167 File VD ns sndrestnesteistessss een na desesestedeset eee tests 168 Image card S ttingS i sssssts hante eldest ale ties 170 SCA lisses desde se tasse an a aaa aa lee in 170 Scale table iierses d esse aaan a 171 MI TON RR a r E A E E A 172 Optimization card setting 173 OPtiMiZatiON cccccceccceeeseesseeeseeneesaeeeeaueeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesseesssseeeeeees 173 Scan jobs on the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application 174 Introduction to scan jobs on
54. 400 dpi in grayscale domain with the use of Image Logic Warm up time None the scanner has instant start up behavior Original feed m Face down right aligned m Automatic feed off on Rewind original to front off on Originals Automatic original size detection Image width 210 914 mm 8 x 36 Original width 210 1020 mm 6 x 49 Original length 150 mm 15 m 6 x 49 Data format m TIFF uncompressed Packbits G3 G4 and LZW m TIFF Multipage uncompressed Packbits G3 G4 and LZW m PDF A uncompressed Flate and G4 a PDF A Multipage uncompressed Flate and G4 m CALS Maximum thick 1 mm 0 04 ness Exposure control m Automatic Background Compensation ABC m Background Correction BC m Monochrome image are produced by halftoning Error dif fusion dithering m Automatic manual fine adjustment m Special modes Lines amp Text default Photo Grays amp lines Dark Original Blueprint Printed matter m Bold function to enhance thin lines Media selection Manual or automatic based on original size auto detect and scale factor Reproduction scale m Scale 25 400 adjustable in 1 and 0 1 steps m Programmable fixed steps m Auto scale to paper size a Scale table with predefined media size conversions 408 Appendix A Overview and tables Specifications of the Oc TDS750 Input mode m Single sheet m Set sets processing set collati
55. A stamp is a predefined text you can set on every copy Use the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application to define a maximum of 10 stamps and their default values g pp P How to make a copy with a stamp 1 Place the original face down and right aligned The scanner takes the original 2 Define the job settings 66 The stamp icon Select Copy with the upper left softkey The copy job templates appear Open a copy job template with a left softkey The top 5 settings display m Scroll to Stamp and open this setting with the left softkey m Select a stamp with the scroll wheel m Select Position with the left softkey Select a position with the scroll wheel Select Size with the left softkey Select a size with the scroll wheel Select Color with the left softkey Select a color with the scroll wheel 3 Define the number of copies and press the green start key Result The copy contains the selected stamp Chapter 3 Use the Oc TC4 scanner 95 Scale to another media size Scale to another media size Introduction You can use the Scale setting to copy to a larger or smaller media format Use one of the following methods to scale a copy m Select another media format with the To fit setting a Adjust a value in terms of percentage with the Custom setting You can adjust a value between 25 and 400 A value lower than 100 reduces the copy a value greater than 100 enlarges the c
56. E TT 245 Scan jobs management ssssssessssssssssssssinnnessrernnnnnsennn nunne nnnnnnne 245 Manage scan destinations in the Scan jobs workspace 248 Scan jobs tasks nnna 252 D fine fil NAMES ss narena sessed dene ssbesstaweeeecndtedersavessnanauveeestedensacens 253 View the properties of the scanned file 255 Delete scanned Tess ices cece sen histoires 256 Print scanned TCS isu scccnsssds casnctceccecctcantcetterss Cieasiccveceaeeeduaensendzecs 257 Resend scanned files from the Unsent scans foldet 258 How to retrieve scanned files via FTP 259 View files on the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller 261 View locally scanned files 261 Functions in Oc Power Logic Controller Viewing 263 View error in Oc Power Logic Controller Viewing 266 Chapter 6 Oc TDS750 Power Remote Logic 267 Introduction to Oc TDS750 Power Remote Logic 268 Install and start Oc TDS750 Power Remote Logic 269 Install Oc TDS750 Power Remote Logic on your system 269 Start the Oc TDS750 Power Logic application with Oc TDS750 Power Remote Logic 271 Connect to the controller 274 Use Oc TDS750 Power Remote Logic 276 Automatic Og ON 22 24e rs ne ade edna 276 Log on to Oc TDS750 Power Remote Logic 277 Change the Password 279 Chapter 7 Oc Lic
57. Edit View System Job Scan Logon Help mi Sa B RBG ea 163 Scan jobs workspace Scan destinations on the controller In this area of the workspace you find the default destination of the scan jobs By default all the scan jobs are stored on the controller The default scan job destination cannot be deleted Use the toolbar at the top of the Scan jobs workspace to create edit and delete the local scan job destinations on the controller The Scan destination area also gives access to the Unsent scan jobs folder These jobs must go to a remote destination but cannot be delivered The jobs are temporarily stored in the Unsent scans folder on the controller Remote destinations 246 You can create scan job destinations at a remote location instead of at a local destination on the controller The remote scan destinations area displays the remote destinations that you create The remote destination is a directory on a workstation that is accessible through the network Use the toolbar at the top of the Scan jobs workspace to create edit and delete the remote scan job destinations Chapter 5 The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application Scan jobs management When you select a remote scan job destination the jobs that are stored at the selected destination are displayed in the right hand side of the workspace the Scan jobs view area Scan jobs view area The Scan jobs view area displays all the
58. How to send files to the same destination How to send files to the same destination 258 How to stop a job Oc TDS600 scanner sise 155 How to view a file after scanning How to view a file after scanning 0 0 261 How to view a locally stored scanned file How to view a locally stored scanned file 261 How to view job properties in the Printed jobs How to view job properties in the Printed jobs How to view job properties in the Scheduled jobs How to view job properties in the Scheduled jobs How to view job properties in the Waiting jobs How to view job properties in the Waiting jobs RE E E matieateieada diss 238 How to view the scanned file properties How to view the scanned file properties 255 l Image LASER RS E 163 Improving the image quality Oc TDS600 scanner oo cceeeeseeeeeeseeeeeees 182 Information in the scanner operator panel Information in the scanner operator panel 126 Input mode Multiple sheets ss 141 Stein Single sheet Insert a new tape roll Insert a new tape roll wee eeeeeeeeeeees 335 Install Power Remote Logic Install Power Remote Logic eee eee 269 Install reinforcement strip Reinforcement unit ss 347 Integrated Power Logic Controller application Integrated Power Logic Controller application rs onto nie R atlases 21 Integrated receiving tray Integrated receiving tray s s ssesseseerereereseee 393 Interrupt a copy job Tntertupt a copy job ss 153 Interru
59. If you choose to make the print darker you must take into account that any background pollution is accentuated as well 182 Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner Improving the image quality Accentuate thin lines You can use the Bold function with originals that contain very thin lines If the lines of an original are very weak you can accentuate the lines to prevent them from becoming too faint on the copied output If you use the Bold function the thin lines are printed a little bit thicker Note Li The Bold function accentuates all the data on the print not only thin lines The Bold function does not enhance any background pollution Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner 183 Automatic background compensation Automatic background compensation RES A i Custom Copy File Original Dark original Lighter Scanner Grays amp Lines i On EB H a B e Normal UE Image E Photo oor on Lines amp tent Automatic Darker eor Sheet Originaltype Background F Lighter darker Boia Feeding compensation 145 Brightness settings Set the automatic b
60. Li It is not possible to select binding when you reinforce your document Chapter 9 The finishing options 317 Maximum folding length Maximum folding length Introduction Maximum folding settings for long prints Folding settings 75 grams 318 Paper density g m gt Fold methods First fold output 1 fold mm inch Stacker 2nd fold 2 folds mm inch Stacker 2nd fold 3 folds mm inch Belt 2nd fold 2 folds mm inch Output selec Output length tion Stacker or cc Belt Stacker or cc Belt 2 5m 6m 1220 48 1220 48 1220 48 1220 48 lt 2 5m Stacker or gt 6m Belt Belt First fold on First fold on ly Stacker or gt 6m Chapter 9 The finishing options There are maximum values for different kinds of media The table below shows the maximum values for three types of media and the possible folding methods 75 not possible Delivery Delivered on stacker or belt First fold only delivered in first fold de livery length known at start Unfolded delivered in IRT length not known at start Possible paper jam Delivered in first fold delivery length known at start Unfolded delivered in IRT Maximum folding length Output selec Output length Delivery tion First fold on gt 6 m length not known at start Possib
61. License Logic 3 Select system administrator 4 Enter the Password 5 Click the Logon button Result Oc License Logic starts with one of the following windows m The No active license window This window opens if there are no active licenses m The View licenses window This windows opens if Oc License Logic detects active licenses Note Li If the log on failed Oc License Logic displays a message Read the message carefully and follow the instructions Chapter 7 Oc License Logic 289 View the current active licenses View the current active licenses Introduction When you log on and Oc License Logic detects active licenses the View licenses window opens and displays the current active licenses Per option the following fields with license information display a Option This field displays the name of the option a State This field displays one of the following license states Authorized Not authorized Expired Update configuration m License type This field displays one of the following license types Resale Demo a Duration in days This field displays the time your license is valid a License number This field displays a license number Purpose View the license information for the following purposes Check the active licenses on license state license type and license duration m Check how long a demo license is valid a View all
62. Permanent 86EV531459 Oc Double Decker Pro Authorised Resale Permanent 86EV531459 Oc Copy Stamping for TDS750 Authorised Resale Permanent 86EV531459 Oc Scan Logic Basic for TDS750 Authorised Resale Permanent 86EV531459 Oc Scan Logic for TDS750 Authorised Resale Permanent 86EV531459 Oc Scanner Templates for TDS750 Authorised Resale Permanent 86EV531459 Oc Matrix Logic for TDS750 Pro Authorised Resale Permanent 86EV531459 Adobe Korean PostScript Authorised Resale Permanent 86EV531459 Autodesh DWF DWF Authorised Resale Permanent 86EV531459 Administrative Logon Authorised Resale Permanent 86EV531459 Custom Application Enabler Authorised Resale Permanent 86EV531459 save M Activate How to log on to Oc License Logic on the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller 1 Open the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application 2 Click System in the menu bar 3 Click Licenses The logon window opens 4 Select system administrator 5 Enter the Password 6 Click the Logon button How to log on to Oc License Logic from a remote web browser 1 Open the web browser Oc License logic supports Microsoft Internet Explorer version 5 5 or higher 2 Enter the following URL in your browser http printer name LicenseLogic html i Note Printer name is the host name or IP address of the printer The logon window opens 288 Chapter 7 Oc License Logic Log on to Oc
63. Power Logic Controller application the key operator can define which 2 display languages you can choose on the scanner operator panel Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner 131 Settings on the scanner operator panel Settings on the scanner operator panel Introduction When the scanner templates are enabled in the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application the templates are displayed on start up of the Oc TDS750 flexible scanner When the templates are not enabled in the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller appli cation the Custom card is displayed on start up The Custom card gives access to the settings you defined in the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application This card contains a number of settings that are immedi ately accessible The key operator defines the Custom card in the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application How to make settings on the scanner operator panel 1 Select a template 2 Press one of the Section keys to activate the desired menu i Note The active menu is moved downward slightly to visually separate it from the other menus Apart from that a shadow highlighting effect is used for extra highlighting 3 Press the Card selection key to select the appropriate card You can switch cards from bottom to top by pressing the key again 4 Select the desired function values in one of the following ways Simple non numeric selection Press the Function key to ac
64. Pte Ltd 21 Ubi Road 1 05 01 Brilliant Building Oc Portugal Equipamentos Graficos S A Av Jos Gomes Ferreira 11 Piso 2 Mi raflores 1497 139 Alg s Portugal http www oce pt http www oce es Singapore 408724 Oc Espafia SA Oc Svenska AB Business Park Mas Blau Sollentunavagen 84 Osona 2 08820 El Prat de Llobregat 191 27 Sollentuna Barcelona Sweden Spain http www oce se Oc Schweiz AG S gereistrasse 10 CH8152 Glattbrugg Switzerland http www oce ch Oc Nederland B V P O Box 800 5201 AV s Hertogenbosch The Netherlands http www oce nl Oc North America Inc 100 Oakview Drive Trumbull CT 06611 USA http www oceusa com Oc Thailand Ltd B B Building 16 Floor 54 Asoke Road Sukhumvit 21 Bangkok 10110 Thailand Oc UK Limited Oc House Chatham Way Brentwood Essex CM14 4DZ United Kingdom http www oce co uk Note The web site http www oce com gives the current addresses of the local Oc organisa tions and distributors Appendix B Miscellaneous Addresses of local Oc organisations Note The addresses of local Oc organisations for information about the Wide Format Printing Systems and the Production Printing Systems can be different from the addresses above Refer to the web site http www oce com for the addresses you need Appendix B Miscellaneous 433 1 1 Sn Te EE I AE 170 A Accentuate thin lines Oc TD
65. Select a scan destination 2 Open the File menu and select Properties 3 Check the Locked check box 4 Click OK to accept the scan destination settings The destination properties are now locked Note i This option is only available if you are logged on as a key operator Unlock a scan destination 1 Select a scan destination 2 Open the File menu and select Properties 250 Chapter 5 The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application Manage scan destinations in the Scan jobs workspace 3 Uncheck the Locked check box 4 Click OK to accept the destination settings The destination properties are now unlocked Note Li This option is only available if you are logged on as a key operator Delete a scan destination 1 Select a destination 2 Open the File menu and select Delete or click the Delete button in the toolbar The selected scan destination is deleted i Note You are not able to delete the last scan destination Chapter 5 The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application 251 Scan jobs tasks Scan jobs tasks Introduction The Scan jobs workspace in the Oc TDS7 50 Power Logic Controller application allows you to configure and manage the scan job settings and the scan destinations In addition you can manage your scan jobs workflow You only set up your scan workflow once Thereafter the main tasks in the scanning process t
66. Siemens Server are registered trademarks of Siemens AG Sun Sun Microsystems Solaris the Sun Logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sun Microsystems Inc in the United States and other countries Java and all Java based trademarks are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sun Mi crosystems Inc in the United States and other countries UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group in the United States and other countries Xconnect 100 server is a trademark of Troy XCD Inc Products in this publication are referred to by their general trade names In most if not all cases these designations are claimed as trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies 2010 Oc Edition 2010 10 All rights reserved No part of this work may be reproduced copied adapted or transmitted in any form or by any means without written permission from Oc Oc makes no representation or warranties with respect to the contents hereof and specifi cally disclaims any implied warranties of merchantability or fitness for any particular purpose Further Oc reserves the right to revise this publication and to make changes from time to time in the content hereof without obligation to notify any person of such revision or changes Edition 2010 10 Notes for the reader Notes for the reader Introduction This manual helps you to use the Oc TDS750 The manual contains a description
67. Stop key while the scanner rewinds the rewind process continues The scan to file job is canceled 108 Chapter 3 Use the Oc TC4 scanner Scan to multipage Scan to multipage Introduction Scan to multipage allows the user to scan multiple originals into a unique multipage file Scan to Multipage will be available for TIFF and PDF A file types Other scan to file formats only allow single page scanning How to Scan to multipage Select PDF A Multipage or TIFF Multipage as your File type Abort Scan to multipage a Abort during page scanning The user can forward rewind paper The user retrieves the panel just before pushing the Start button a Abort in between scans The paper is ejected No effect on the file creation Chapter 3 Use the Oc TC4 scanner 109 Available settings for scan to file jobs Extended scan to file jobs Available settings for scan to file jobs The scan to file settings Setting Description Destination Use this setting to define the default destination for scan to file jobs on the controller You can define a maximum of 10 remote destinations and one of these destinations is the default destination File type Depending on the color mode and file type you select the values for the compression mode and organization will change For some file types the Compression and Organization settings cannot be set in all situations File type on page 112
68. This action decreas es the print or file length Use this setting to remove a strip from the left side of the image original viewed from the face up direction This action decreases the print or file width Remove strip Right Use this setting to remove a strip from the right side of the image original viewed from the face up direction This action decreases the print or file width Chapter 3 Use the Oc TC4 scanner 117 Checkprint Checkprint Introduction Check print allows the user to create one or more copies of the scanned originals from the scanner panel The user can specify the number of copies and the collection method from the panel How to set Check print m Enable Checkprint in the scan to file settings a The number of check prints and the collate method for those check prints can be specified on the panel 118 Chapter 3 Use the Oc TC4 scanner Scan jobs management Scan jobs on the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application Scan jobs management Scan jobs workspace The Scan jobs workspace in the Power Logic Controller application allows you to configure your scan jobs workflow The Scan jobs workspace is divided in three areas that manage the complete scan jobs workflow Areas in the Scan jobs workspace Scan jobs Description workspace Destinations Define and manage the local scan destinations on the con troller 1 Remo
69. Toolbar sss ss a 206 Top toolbar Lop toolbar s same 207 Turn on Controller Printer SCANN T inf Fos cca dt end ed oss dasa E E sue axes Turn on and off Turn on and off sis ssassssssssscssvssesscaseessaseaeesansetss 32 Turn on and off the controller Turn on and off the controller cccccceeee 35 Turn on and off the Oc TC4 flexible scanner Turn on and off the Oc TC4 flexible scanner 447 Index Turn on and off the Oc TDS600 productive scanner Turn on and off the Oc TDS600 productive SCADINEE sssestusdenscarepterdiaiesscoonatscsndorzentsecsretstiaiers 36 Turn on and off the printer Turn on and off the printer wee 34 U Unlock a destination Unlock a destination ccccccecescesseesseeseeees 248 Unlock a scan destination Unlock a scan destination ccccceeceseeeseeees 250 Unsent scans folder Unsent scans folder cc cecccceesccsscesseesseeseeees 258 Use the manual feed function for copy jobs Use the manual feed function for copy jobs 150 Use the Mirror setting Use the Mirror setting wo 172 Use the optional roll loader Use the optional roll loader wo 371 Use the scale table Use the scale table cceeesceescesscesseeeeeseeees 171 User ID User ID wieecccccscssessessesseseesscsecsscssesscsseessenees 149 User interaction User interaction c ccccscessessessessessessesseeecssceeees 23 User mode User mode ss 277 User roles LOB OW ie dessassssedssssoseidseve
70. a PDF file in multiple languages Embedded in the driver application as online help file in multiple languages Available documentation Product Oc PostScript 3 driver Documentation Medium Oc PostScript 3 driver Getting Started m On www oce com Available as a PDF file in multiple languages On Driver Pack CD ROM Available as a PDF file in multiple languages Oc PostScript 3 driver online help Embedded in the driver application as online help file in multiple languages Oc Account Center Oc Account Center User Manual Oc Account Logic online help Oc Account Console on line help Oc License Logic Oc License Logic online help a On www oce com Available as a PDF file in multiple languages On CD ROM Available as a PDF file in multiple languages Embedded in the applica tion as an online help file in multiple languages Embedded in the applica tion as an online help file in multiple languages Embedded in the applica tion as an online help file in multiple languages Oc TDS750 Power Log ic Controller Remote Oc TDS750 Power Log ic Controller Remote online help Embedded in the applica tion as an online help file in multiple languages Oc Print Exec Basic Oc Print Exec Work m On www oce com group User Manual Available as a PDF file in multiple languages On CD ROM Available as a PDF file in
71. a directory enter the file name and click the Save button to back up the current active licenses Result All current active resale and demo licenses are stored into one single file Chapter 7 Oc License Logic 293 Perform a license activation job Perform a license activation job Introduction You need to activate the licenses on the Oc system to enable an option for use Oc de livers the new licenses through one or more license files Purpose Activate the licenses for the following purposes m Activate a new demo or resale license to enable a new option m Activate the saved licenses of your back up file to return to the saved situation When to do Activate the licenses in the following situations m Activate the new licenses when you have received one or more new license files from Oc m Activate the saved licenses when an activation job for new licenses failed Before you begin To activate the new licenses you need a license file from Oc Perform a license activation job per new license file Make sure you use the correct license file the host ID in the license file must be the same host ID as the host ID on your Oc system Make sure the license file is available on the system you run Oc License Logic Note Li If an error occurs Oc License Logic displays a message Read the message carefully and follow the instructions How to activate the licenses 1 Log on to Oc License Logic
72. added after the last job If you select more than one job the complete selection is added to the Scheduled jobs in the same order as shown in the Waiting jobs area Chapter 5 The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application 239 Delete a job in the Waiting jobs Delete a job in the Waiting jobs Purpose Clean up the Waiting jobs How to delete a job in the Waiting jobs 1 Click Waiting jobs in the vertical icon toolbar 2 Select the job you want to delete in the Waiting jobs 3 Click Delete in the toolbar of the Waiting jobs to permanently delete the job Result The job is now deleted You cannot recover this job The delete action is irreversible 240 Chapter 5 The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application Re print a job in the Printed jobs Job management in the Printed jobs Re print a job in the Printed jobs Introduction Li You can re print a job from the Printed jobs without changing the job settings You can also change the job settings before you reprint the job This job is sent to Scheduled jobs and will be printed on the Oc TDS750 The job disappears from the Printed jobs when it arrives in the Scheduled jobs If the Printed jobs destination is enabled the job goes to the Printed jobs after the print process is completed Note Use the functions in the Waiting jobs toolbar or right click when you have selected the job
73. and remove the bottle A Replace the waste toner container Caution A Replace the waste toner container every second time you refill the toner 1 Access the location of the waste toner container behind the toner refill unit 380 Chapter 10 Maintain the Oc TDS750 Refill the toner i Note It is advised to change the waste toner container when the printer is not printing a job E 250 Location of the waste toner container Chapter 10 Maintain the Oc TDS750 381 Refill the toner 2 Remove the waste toner container carefully from the waste toner tube and place the cap provided with the container on the opening 251 Remove the waste toner container 382 Chapter 10 Maintain the Oc TDS750 Refill the toner 3 Place a new waste toner container over the waste toner tube and push it into place Make sure the container is fixed tightly A 252 Place a new waste toner container 4 Close the left hand cover to make the system available again for normal use Chapter 10 Maintain the Oc TDS750 383 Introduction to problem solving Solve problems on the printer Introduction to problem solving Introduction When an error occurs the display indicates the following information m The nature of the problem a The location of the problem a The solution to the problem
74. application Please note that when you click the screen in the background the smaller screen with Oc Account Logic disappears to the back ground Minimize the screen in the foreground to retrieve the Oc Account Logic screen m Access the 2 tabs to define the accounting data for the copy to file and print jobs 300 Chapter 8 Accounting software Oc Account Center Introduction to Oc Account Logic Oc Account Logic Introduction to Oc Account Logic Introduction Before you begin to use Oc Account Logic you can change your setting in Oc Settings Editor on the Oc Power Logic Controller or Power Logic Controller software application i Note If the system is a scanner only then Definition Entering account information for Print job is not available Inbox is not available Print jobs are not available Copy jobs are not available Only scan to file is available Use Oc Account Logic to link account information to your job The account information requirements are defined and managed by the administrator Purpose Use Oc Account Logic for the following Enter the account information for the print jobs Manage print jobs that do not have valid account information Enter account information for the copy and scan to file jobs Lock and unlock the scanner Administer Oc Account Logic administrators only Chapter 8 Accounting software Oc Account Center 301 Sum
75. background compensation for Photo or Grays amp Lines originals is a standard value i Note If the color mode of a scan to file job is set to color the original type is fixed Chapter 3 Use the Oc TC4 scanner 115 Original width Original width 116 Use this setting to define the width of the original that the scanner scans Select one of the following Icon Setting L Standard Aq Result The scan width is automatically deter mined based on the actual width of the original Use this setting to a Standard width of the original The standard widths that you can select depend on the media series that you select ed in the Oc Settings Editor Custom T N Custom selected width Use this setting if the Auto setting or the Standard set ting does not give the required result Chapter 3 Use the Oc TC4 scanner Remove strip Remove strip Use the 4 settings below to define the blank areas around the image Remove strips Setting Remove strip Leading Remove strip Trailing Remove strip Left Use this setting to remove a strip at the top of the image This action decreases the print or file length i Note The top side of the image is the side that you first feed into the scanner Use this setting to remove a strip at the bottom of the image
76. browser 24 Chapter 1 Introduction The Oc TDS750 users The Oc TDS750 users Introduction The Oc TDS750 has the flexibility of being placed in centralized de centralized and walk up printing environments In order to appropriately secure the printing environment the Oc TDS750 provides user rights which limit access and the ability to modify aspects of the system Overview of user rights per workspace in the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller The table below indicates whether the users have read rights or only view rights in the 5 main workspaces a X indicates that the user has full rights in this workspace m o indicates that the user is only allowed to view the information in the workspace m indicates that the user can switch scanner templates from the template library to the scanner operator panel m indicates that the user is allowed to lock or unlock scan destinations Workspace gt Print Scanner Prefer Configu jobs j Tem ences ration User role l plates Anonymous Repro operator Key operator System administra tor Anonymous user The Anonymous user is a common user who uses the Oc TDS750 for print jobs and possibly for walk up copy or scan jobs The common or walk up user has no permission to change the system settings In the integrated Power Logic Controller application the anonymous user can delete his or her own print jobs in th
77. carefully Result The Oc TC4 scanner is calibrated and the scan quality is correct again Chapter 10 Maintain the Oc TDS750 359 Clear an original jam on the Oc TC4 scanner Clear an original jam on the Oc TC4 scanner Introduction A red light at the scanner operator panel indicates that an original jam occurred How to remove a jammed original 1 Pull the top cover towards you and lift the top cover to open it 229 Open the top cover 2 Remove the original 3 Lift the top cover turn the top cover towards you and push the top cover backwards until you hear or feel a click Result The green light at the scanner operator panel is on 360 Chapter 10 Maintain the Oc TDS750 Scanner error messages and solutions Scanner error messages and solutions Introduction When an error occurs the scanner operator panel shows the following information The error message icon The error message A description of the solution An error code Functions at the lower soft keys In some cases you need these functions like wind and rewind for example to come to the solution How to handle error messages at the scanner 1 Read the error message carefully 230 The error message icon 2 Follow the instructions on the scanner operator panel Result You solved the error with the help of the instructions on the scanner operator panel Chapter 10 Maintain the Oc TDS750 361 Clean the s
78. check print quality is the same as the scan resolution A check print is a print of the scanned original ensuring consistency with a later print of the scanned file How to scan to file with check print 1 Press the section key above the File section two times The File mode is enabled 2 Press the section key above the Copy section two times The Copy mode is enabled 3 The system is now ready to scan to file with check print i Note The Oc TDS750 system does not allow you to change the File mode setting during a set from On to Off and the other way round However changing from On to On with check print and vice versa is allowed i Note In scan to file mode the automatic behavior is optimized for scanning Turning check print on or off does not influence this automatic behavior Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner 165 Destination Destination Introduction You can store your scanned file either in the temporary store on the controller or on a network destination You can define up to ten destinations in the Power Logic Controller application On the scanner operator panel you can choose one of these destinations The destination can be a local destination This means that the files are stored on the Power Logic Controller The destination can also be a remote destination This means that you can send scanned files to a workstation that is connected to the same network as the
79. control function helps to keep the media rolls in the drawers dry The climate control function is active when the printer is in sleep mode The printer has very low energy consumption in sleep mode Caution If you turn off the printer with the power switch located at the back of the printer you also turn off the climate control function Leave the printer switched on to be able to use the climate control function control function The climate control function monitors the humidity level with a sensor inside the printer When this sensor registers a humidity level in the printer environment that is higher than 50 the climate control function is automatically activated inside the printer when the printer is in sleep mode The temperature inside the drawers with the media rolls increases just enough to prevent the media inside the drawers from becoming humid This way you can prevent moisture in the media from adversely affecting print quality The climate control function is a fully automatic system that does not need to be config ured The climate control function can only operate if the power to the printer remains switched on Turn on and off the Oc TDS750 on page 32 Note A media roll that already contains a lot of moisture cannot be dehydrated by the climate control function 44 Chapter 1 Introduction Climate control on the Oc TDS750 Note Li Always make sure that you store the media rolls in a dry cool and dar
80. displays the number of sets and or pages printed Counting starts at 1 The following information is available a When no sets are made only the current page and the total number of pages are dis played e g Page 3 of 5 At the beginning of a job when the system does not know the total number of pages yet only the current page may be displayed e g Page 5 a With set input set counter In this case the counter shows the current the total number of sets and the current page e g Set 3 of 5 Page 10 At the beginning of a job when the system does not know the total number of sets yet only the current set and page may be displayed e g Set 2 Page 5 a With set input multiple sheet counter In this case the counter shows the current page the total number of pages and the current copy e g Page 2 of 12 Copy 5 At the beginning of a job when the system does not know the total number of pages yet only the current page and copy may be displayed e g Page 2 Copy 5 40 Chapter 1 Introduction Printer operator panel actions Printer operator panel actions On the Oc TDS750 printer operator panel you can perform a limited number of actions in the offline menu The tables below display the settings Offline menu options Offline menu Menu Secondary menu s Description Language List of 2 languages You can toggle between the 2 main languages on the printer operator panel Offli
81. enhancement options from the scanner operator panel Green key principle The Oc TDS750 is a very user friendly system The scanners in particular are very easy to operate Basic copy jobs can be performed by simply pressing the green start key on the scanner operator panel With the scanner templates predefined scanner settings can be stored and available at the touch of one button When you want to perform more complex copy scan jobs you can change the default copy setting on the scanner operator panel Scanner templates Both scanners offer you a number of customizable templates for the job settings of a copy or scan job The scanner templates allow you to store your preferred job settings extending ease of use To start a job you simply select a template on the scanner operator panel and press the green start key Templates can be managed in the new Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application Integrated Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application supports a centralized workflow Only one application with a transparent and intuitive layout where you can perform many tasks based on user role defined access Separate workspaces give you a full overview and full control on print and scan job management but also allow you to manage your scanner templates stamps system preferences and network connectivity settings Chapter 1 Introduction 21 The Oc TDS750 key conc
82. home positions The picture on the display disappears and the message Press start to resume job or Ready to print appears depending on whether or not a job was inter rupted to clean the knives 10 Press the Online key 344 Chapter 9 The finishing options Clear a tape jam in the reinforcement unit Handle errors at the reinforcement unit Clear a tape jam in the reinforcement unit Introduction When a tape jam occurs in the reinforcement unit an error message appears on the display Illustration LT 5 gt aa aS Z a 217 Location of the reinforcement unit Clear a tape jam 1 Open the front door of the reinforcement unit 218 Opening the front door of the reinforcement unit Chapter 9 The finishing options 345 Clear a tape jam in the reinforcement unit 2 Turn the two guide plates away from the pin roller and lock the two guide plates into their open position 219 Open the guide plates 3 Remove all tape between the rollers and the knives 220 Removing the tape 4 Move a new trailing strip of tape between the rollers and the knives 346 Chapter 9 The finishing options No reinforcement strips on the output No reinforcement strips on the output Introduction When there is no reinforcement strip on the output then a The reinforcement strip is not correctly installed or m The reinforcement stri
83. i B amp W drawing Ready Li Destination 4 File dest 1 a File type amp Resolution 200 dpi 200001 FERS SE ES Original type Re Original width By scanner Defaults To top 4 78 The top 5 settings of a scan job template Available settings for scan to file jobs on page 110 m Open a scan to file job template with a left soft key The top 5 settings appear Scroll to a setting Select a setting with the left soft key Scroll to the required value Select the next setting with the left soft key Scroll to the required value Select Close to close the setting Repeat the selection of settings from bullet 3 if you need to define more settings Chapter 3 Use the Oc TC4 scanner Do an extended scan to file job 4 Press the green Start key Result The scanner scans the original and sends the scanned file to the defined scan to file des tination Chapter 3 Use the Oc TC4 scanner 107 Stop a scan to file job Stop a scan to file job Introduction You can stop a scan to file job with the red Stop key at the scanner operator panel How to stop a scan to file job 1 Press the red Stop key Result When you press the red Stop key while the scanner scans the scan process stops The scanner rewinds the original and the scan to file job is canceled When you press the red
84. illustration below 233 Close the top cover of the scanner 6 Turn on the scanner Chapter 10 Maintain the Oc TDS750 363 Clear an original jam on the Oc TDS600 scanner Clear an original jam on the Oc TDS600 scanner Introduction When an original jam occurs on the scanner the message Original jam appears on the scanner display You must remove the original from the scanner If an original jam occurs often m Check if you use the correct type of original m Check if you insert the original along the guide m Check if the original is damaged before you insert it How to remove a jammed original 1 Open the top cover of the scanner see the illustration below 234 Open the top cover of the scanner 2 Remove the original 364 Chapter 10 Maintain the Oc TDS750 Clear an original jam on the Oc TDS600 scanner 3 Lift the top cover of the scanner to release the lock of the hinge and close the cover see the illustration below 235 Close the top cover of the scanner 4 Make the original smooth and feed the original Note When you are working with poor quality or valuable originals you are advised to disable the rewind function to avoid the risk of jams during rewind Chapter 10 Maintain the Oc TDS750 365 Load rolls of media Maintain the printer Media Load rolls of media Introduction When a roll is empty during a print job
85. in all work spaces Print jobs Scan jobs Templates Preferences except the Config uration workspace which is the responsibility of the system administrator System administrator The system administrator is responsible for the installation and configuration of the Oc TDS750 in its environment This person defines the security settings manages licenses printer language settings and pen settings The system administrator can also provide as sistance to normal users who need to install the printer drivers on their workstations In the integrated Power Logic Controller application the system administrator has ex clusive permission in the Configuration workspace Oc Service 26 Dedicated user mode for service purposes Chapter 1 Introduction The Oc TDS750 Get to know the Oc TDS750 The Oc TDS750 The configuration of the Oc TDS750 The Oc TDS750 is a wide format black and white multifunctional system The Oc TDS750 is available as a printer only configuration and as a combination with choice of scanner The Oc TDS750 offers a broad range of print copy and scan to file function ality As a printer it is available from a 2 roll plus cut sheet tray configuration to a 6 roll plus cut sheet tray The Oc TDS7 50 can also be combined with various finishing options such as a folder a reinforcement unit and the Oc Double Decker Pro The Oc TDS750 can be adapted to the fit
86. interaction If necessary the operator can intervene to manage the jobs in the Scheduled jobs area in the following way Toolbar options in the Scheduled jobs Options in Scheduled Description jobs to Waiting jobs This option moves the selected job from the Scheduled jobs to the Waiting jobs The job can be edited or deleted in the Waiting jobs Move to top This option moves the selected job to another place in the list of jobs The highest possible position is directly after the job that is currently active Delete This option allows you to delete the selected job s from the Scheduled jobs Properties This option opens a secondary window in which you can view the properties of the selected job Interrupt First move a priority job to the top of the list Then use Exit Interrupt this toggle option to interrupt the currently active print job to put the print job on hold The next job in the list can be printed When this job is finished the job on hold can be resumed again and will pick up where it was interrupted Copy priority This drop down list enables you to set the Copy priority and to define the print job workflow Print jobs workflow This drop down list allows you to define the destination of the print jobs Always to Waiting jobs Directly to Scheduled jobs or Defined by user If you do not want to use the toolbar opt
87. is only visible on the local scanner operator panel It cannot be displayed in the Templates area The templates function supports the green button approach the user only needs to select a template and start a job with the required settings instead of having to define all the settings manually for every job For each template you can define the following items Template details Name Description Template Give each template a unique name name Template de Give additional information about the template and or its settings scription File mode Select one of three output types for each template Custom Card Allows you to put together on one card the 5 settings that you re y P g 5 8 y quire in the order that you prefer Original Define the settings in the cards Print and File cards Chapter 5 The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application 225 Concept of the Templates of the Oc TDS600 productive scanner TDS750 Power Logic Controller File Edit View Logon Help Templates New Delete Duplicate Properties Templates on the scanner operator panel Jo ro re Makes 1 1 copy Copywithout strip Makes sorted sets Template description Template name Line drawings Makes 1 1 copy Output mode File Custom Card Orginal Print File Original type Lines amp text Method 11 Custom value 100 o Coloured drawing4 Remove hanging s Set c
88. jobs that need operator interaction before they are printed You can send print jobs directly to the Waiting jobs area you can move jobs from the Printed jobs to the Waiting jobs area or you can set up the system to force all jobs to the Waiting jobs In the Waiting jobs area the operator has full control over the jobs It is also possible to delete jobs from the Waiting jobs area Chapter 5 The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application 215 Concepts of the Print jobs workspace Printed jobs 3 The Printed jobs contain the jobs that have been printed The Printed jobs area gives you the opportunity to view and edit the properties of the jobs in the Printed jobs It is not necessary to create a print job again because you can re print a job directly from the Printed jobs The Printed jobs area is not an archive and has only limited space to store printed jobs The jobs are removed after a predefined time and you can limit the number of jobs present in the Printed jobs area 216 Chapter 5 The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application Concept of the Scheduled jobs Concept of the Scheduled jobs Scheduled jobs The Scheduled jobs receives print jobs and copy jobs that are printed directly on the printer without operator interaction The main task of the Scheduled jobs is to process the jobs in a productive and efficient way without operator
89. multiple languages Oc Print Exec Work Embedded in the applica group online help tion as an online help file in multiple languages Chapter 1 Introduction 19 Available documentation Product Documentation Oc Repro Desk Oc Repro Desk User Manual Oc Repro Desk online help 20 Chapter 1 Introduction Medium m On www oce com Available as a PDF file in multiple languages a On CD ROM Available as a PDF file in multiple languages Embedded in the applica tion as an online help file in multiple languages The Oc TDS750 key concepts The Oc TDS750 key concepts Printer configuration The Oc TDS750 is available in a number of printer configurations ranging from two rolls in a single drawer with a cut sheet tray the minimum configuration to a maximum of six rolls with cut sheet tray The Oc TDS750 printer can be combined with an Oc TC4 color scanner or the productive Oc TDS600 scanner to create a multi functional system Also a number of optional features are available including an integrated folder an output delivery tray and paper roll loaders Copy functionality The Oc TDS7 50 offers a large number of copy options when configured with an Oc TC4 or Oc TDS600 scanner A wide variety of original and copy settings are supported in cluding the ability to copy and collate sets of documents You can specify particular layout media finishing feeding and quality
90. of the product and guidelines to use and operate the Oc TDS750 Definition Attention Getters Parts of this manual require your special attention These parts can provide the following a Additional general information for example information that is useful when you perform a task a Information to prevent personal injuries or property damage Warning Caution and Note The words Warning Caution and Note draw your attention to important information Overview of the attention getters Word Indicates 5 Warning Ignoring this warning could cause serious injury or A even death The Warning indication has several icons that warn against various hazards The icons are shown below Warning A General hazard Warning A Hot surface Warning Electric shock Warning A Moving parts Warning A Laser beam Notes for the reader Word Icon Indicates Caution Ignoring this warning could cause injury or damage to property Indicates additional important information The use of heat resistant gloves is mandatory when you carry out these actions Safety information Before using this Oc product make sure that you read and understand the safety infor mation which is part of the user documentation You can download the safety information via http global oce com support or if applicable find it on the user documentation CD DVD that is delivered together with the machine or obtai
91. of Oc Account Logic Oc TDS750 Power Logic Con troller application that have all rights in the Print jobs workspace panel timeout expires The scanner locks to prevent users from using the scanner without entering ac count information When you set the timeout to a minimum value the scanner locks after a minimum of time has passed Introduction to Oc Account Console Oce Account Console Introduction to Oc Account Console Definition Oc Account Console is installed on the administrator s workstation Access to Oc Ac count Console is password protected and limited to the administrator Purpose Use Oc Account Console is intended for the following actions m Manage preview and publish the account information dialog for Oc Account Logic m Retrieve and export the log files m Manage the devices i Note For this application a separate user manual is available Chapter 8 Accounting software Oc Account Center 305 Summary of Oc Account Console Summary of Oc Account Console Main parts of Oc Account Console An administrator uses Oc Account Console to perform a number of maintenance and configuration tasks The main functional areas of Oc Account Console are described in the table below Main parts of Oc Account Console Description The Dialog tab Fields section m Create an accounting dialog The accounting dialog consists of a
92. of the following two parts m Oc Repro Desk Remote software that facilitates the electronic submission of drawing files and print requests from the clients to their reprographers m Oc Repro Desk Server that provides reprographers extensive print management and accounting functions to maximize the productivity of their print equipment assets The documentation set The complete documentation set of Oc Repro Desk includes the following parts Application Available documentation m The Oc Repro Desk user manual m Online help files in the Oc Repro Desk application 70 Chapter 2 Use the Oc TDS750 to print a job Introduction Print jobs on the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application Introduction Introduction The print jobs you send to the Oc TDS7 50 are first received on the controller Depending on the workflow settings of the system the print jobs are sent immediately to the printer the jobs are stored or they are waiting to be activated by an operator Managing the print jobs can be done in the Oc TDS7 50 Power Logic controller application A key operator has maximum control over the print jobs and copy jobs in the Print jobs workspace The 3 areas in which the workspace is divided give a complete overview of the jobs that are ready to be printed waiting to be sent to the scheduled print jobs or already printed and temporarily stored for reprinting The next paragraphs give an overvie
93. options available for your Oc system The list of options depends on the type and version of the Oc system m Make a list of new options you need a Make a list of license numbers When to do View the license information to make a list of new options you need and to make a list of license numbers 290 Chapter 7 Oc License Logic View the current active licenses Note Li If an error occurs Oc License Logic displays a message Read the message carefully and follow the instructions Before you begin Make sure that the print system has active licenses If Oc License Logic does not detect active licenses the No active license opens Log on to Oc License Logic on page 287 How to view license 1 Log on to Oc License Logic Result The View licenses window opens Chapter 7 Oc License Logic 291 Get the host ID of the Oc system Get the host ID of the Oc system Introduction Oc needs the host ID and the license numbers of your Oc system to create a new license file When to do Get the host ID to order a new demo or resale license file from Oc Before you begin Open a text editor on the same system that you start Oc License Logic You can store the host ID in a document How to get the host id 1 P N AMA Result Log on to Oc License Logic The No active license window opens if there are no active licenses The View licenses windows opens
94. panel If you select Automatic the Oc TDS750 will use a scale factor that is needed to obtain a copy without loss of infor mation After inserting the original the scale factor that is used is indicated with a bullet symbol The scale factor is based on the selected media size Use the Media function to select copy material and format Specify how a job will be sorted Single sheet Multiple sheets output 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 or Set output 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 The currently selected input mode is indi cated by the I symbol Specify a reduction or enlargement factor on the operator panel by using the Scale function If you select Automatic the productive scanner will use a scale factor that is needed to obtain a copy without loss of information After inserting the original the scale factor that is used is indicated by the bullet symbol Note The scale factor is based on the selected media size Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner 137 Make copies 8 Specify the desired brightness of the output You can use the Lighter darker setting to correct for a lighter or darker original 9 Specify folding options on the operator panel If the optional folder is installed you can use the Folding settings to get a neatly folded copy 10 Press the green Start key to start the copy job Result Your original is fed into the scanner The printer starts to
95. printer Select a scan destination i 166 1 Press the function key to select destination 1 to 4 2 To select destination 4 to 10 you must first select destination 4 Press the arrow keys to select destination 4 to 10 Note The destinations can have any name However for your convenience you are able to define understandable names in the Power Logic Controller application Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner Resolution Resolution The Oc TDS750 scan to file option allows you to scan at the following three resolutions m 200 dots per inch dpi m 300 dpi 400 dpi The higher the resolution the better the image quality Higher resolution also leads to larger file sizes The default value is 200 dpi Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner 167 File type File type Introduction To define the internal organization of the scanned files choose between TIFF Tagged Image File Format CALS I Continuous Acquisition and Life Cycle support and Adobe PDF Portable Document Format PDF A MULTI PDF A Portable Document Format Adobe Postscript 3 PDF is a file format that has captured all the elements of a printed document as an electronic image that you can view navigate print or forward MULTI PDF A makes it possible to scan multiple originals into one multipage file PDF A compression
96. scan jobs that are stored at the selected scan destination The Scan jobs view area can give access to the scan jobs at the local and re mote destinations You can select a file from the list and view the file properties Some properties for example the scan job name can be edited Use the toolbar at the top of the Scan jobs workspace to delete view edit send or print the selected scan job s i Note Only a scan job that is stored at a local destination on the controller can be viewed Power Logic Controller Remote does not support this functionality Chapter 5 The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application 247 Manage scan destinations in the Scan jobs workspace Manage scan destinations in the Scan jobs workspace Introduction A scan destination is a place where you send your scanned file to for storage You can create delete and lock scan destinations You can also define automatic file naming to ensure your files get the desired names A scan destination can also be a file server or a PC of an end user It is better to select re mote destinations instead of the local ones The local destinations are temporary and cannot contain a lot of scanned files Before you begin All users have access to the Scan jobs workspace Make sure you log in as key operator to the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application to have all rights A key operator can determine whether a scan destination can be m
97. speed hard disks one ded icated to file spooling and one for set memory Graphical user interface None optional keyboard mouse and monitor Standard interface 10 100 1000 BaseT with RJ45 Network protocols TCP IP IPv4 TCP IP IPv6 SMB for scan to file only IPX SPX FTP LPD Power consumption Controller lt 100 W Electrical requirements 100 120 230 V 50 60 Hz Applicable software Oc Power Logic Controller software Oc Power Logic Controller software The Oc Power Logic Controller software consists of a basic module and a print module Basic module Basic functions File spooling on the controller Concurrent receiving processing and printing of digital jobs Basic applications m Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller appli cation one integrated application for print job management scan job management system status management scanner templates system preferences and network configuration Oc TDS750 Power Remote Logic Oc Print Exec Basic Oc Account Logic Oc Scanner Templates Oc Scan Logic Oc Colour Logic 410 Appendix A Overview and tables Specifications Oc Power Logic Controller Optional Professional upgrade m Oc Matrix Logic a Oc Copy Stamping m Oc High speed Logic m Oc PS3 PDF Driver Print module Print processing technology Oc Image Logic Number of prints 1 999 Set memory send once process once print many Ro
98. switch at the rear of the printer to position o This action only turns off the printer Note i Before you turn off the printer make sure that the printer is not printing a job f P Illustration I I EF 17 On Off button on the incorporated Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller 34 Chapter 1 Introduction Turn on and off the Oc TDS750 Turn on and off the controller 1 The printer can be in standby mode in sleep mode or it can be turned off completely Press the On Off key at the front of the printer to turn on the controller inside the printer The green LED turns on i Note This action only turns on the controller Separately from this action you can turn on the printer and scanner 2 Press the On Off key at the front of the printer to turn off the controller inside the printer The green LED turns off 30 60 seconds after you have pressed the key Illustration J TZ Cf 18 On Off switch on the Oc TC4 scanner Turn on and off the Oc TC4 scanner 1 Set the On Off switch to position 1 The green LED turns on The message Ready to scan appears 2 Set the On Off switch to position o Chapter 1 Introduction 35 Turn on and off the Oc TDS750 Illustration 19 On Off switch on the Oc TDS600 scanner Turn on and off the Oc TDS600 scanner 1 Set the On Off switch at the fro
99. the guide roller Chapter 9 The finishing options 335 Insert a new tape roll 3 Guide the tape between the upper and lower knife and over the pin roller olo o 204 Leading the tape between upper and lower knife 4 Make sure that at least 200 mm 2 strip lengths of tape protrudes out of the knife section 205 Protruding tape 336 Chapter 9 The finishing options Insert a new tape roll 5 Align the holes in the tape with the hole pattern on the label You can find the label on the frame plate of the reinforcement unit Lift the tape from the pin roller and push the tape between the two knives until the holes are aligned 206 Adjusting the holes on the tape 6 Close the guide plates of the pin roller 207 Closing the guide plates Chapter 9 The finishing options 337 Insert a new tape roll Prepare the tape roll for operation 1 Remove the protection sheet from the tape 208 Peeling off the protection sheet 2 Guide the protection sheet back between the upper and lower knife 209 Leading the protection sheet between upper and lower knife 338 Chapter 9 The finishing options Insert a new tape roll 3 Lift the guide and move the protection sheet between the protection sheet rollers Pull the protection sheet tight 210 Leading the protection sheet be
100. the job properties delete the job or print the job to the Scheduled jobs again at a suitable time Chapter 5 The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application 237 View the job properties of jobs in Waiting jobs Job management in the Waiting jobs View the job properties of jobs in Waiting jobs Purpose View the properties of a job in the Waiting jobs How to view job properties in the Waiting jobs 1 Click Print jobs in the vertical icon toolbar to access the Waiting jobs 2 Select the job you want to view You can only view one job at a time 3 Click Properties to access a secondary window where you can see the job properties 4 Click OK to close the window again 238 Chapter 5 The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application Print a job to the Scheduled jobs Print a job to the Scheduled jobs Purpose As long as the job is in Waiting jobs the job is not printed You need to send a job to Scheduled jobs in order to print the job on the Oc TDS750 How to print a job to the Scheduled jobs 1 Click Print jobs in the vertical icon toolbar to access the Waiting jobs 2 Select the job s you want to print You can select more than one job at a time 3 Click Print to send the job s to the Scheduled jobs Result The jobs are now added at the bottom of the Scheduled jobs list If you send the jobs to the Scheduled jobs one at a time each job is
101. the pieces of paper from the printer If paper jams occur often you can perform the following checks m Is the media refilled correctly a Did you use the correct media Available media types on page 418 a Did you remove all the pieces of media from the paper path If you have a problem that you cannot correct call your Oc service representative If this is the case turn off the system with the main switch at the back of the printer and leave the system as it is Paper jams can occur in the following areas Location F dees section Manual feed section Roll feed section Cut sheet section Chapter 10 Maintain the Oc TDS750 385 Clear paper jams on the printer 253 Locations where paper jams can occur 386 Chapter 10 Maintain the Oc TDS750 Paper jam in the fuser section Paper jam in the fuser section Warning A During normal use the fuser must be closed Only open it to remove paper after a paper jam Because of hot surfaces the operator always has to be cautious and wear heat protec tive gloves when removing printing material in the fuser section How to clear a jam in the fuser section 1 Turn off the printer 2 Wait a few moments to let the fuser cool down 3 Open the manual feeder to release the printing material 254 Manual feed section Note li If you fail to do so the OPC drum might get damaged when you remove ja
102. the printer is running this message will be accompanied by a picture of the printer with the side door of the reinforcement unit blinking Caution A To prevent damage to the reinforcement unit use only the original reinforcement strips from Oc Remove an empty tape roll 1 Open the side door of the reinforcement unit see the illustration below 199 Opening the side door of the reinforcement unit Chapter 9 The finishing options 333 Insert a new tape roll 2 Turn the two guide plates away from the pin roller and lock the two guide plates into their open position 200 Opening the guide plates 3 Remove the trailing strip of the old tape 201 Removing the trailing strip of the old tape 4 Open the front side plate of the roll holder remove the screw and the old kernel Note Clean the reinforcement knives before you put in a new roll See Clean the reinforcement knives on page 343 Clean the reinforcement knives 334 Chapter 9 The finishing options Insert a new tape roll Insert a new tape roll 1 Place the new roll and close the side plate Make certain that the roll is placed with the holes to the back and the protection sheet to the front see the illustration below 202 Positioning the new roll 2 Loosen the end of the roll and lead the tape over the large guide roller 203 Guiding the tape around
103. the settings Note i After an upgrade of Oce Account Logic all the administrative settings are maintained You can check the settings in the Administration window Chapter 8 Accounting software Oc Account Center 303 Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller setup The correct settings 304 The path to the setting in Definition the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller applica tion Select Always to Waiting jobs Path Preferences System defaults Job management Print jobs Path Preferences System Repro operator These users are special users on the defaults Job management amp key operator Rights for printing from only waiting jobs Path Preferences System Oc advises you The scanner locks when the scanner defaults Scanner produc to set the panel tive Panel time out timeout to the Path Preferences System minimum value defaults Scanner flexi 30 seconds ble Panel time out Chapter 8 Accounting software Oc Account Center jobs are sent to the Waiting jobs Explanation Oc Account Logic requires that all area i Note The print jobs that have valid account information are automatically moved from Waiting jobs to Scheduled jobs Enter the account informa tion for the print jobs that do not have valid account information on the Print tab
104. the waste toner container Replace the waste toner container 0 380 Reprint a Matrix job Reprint a Matrix job wo 198 Repro Desk Repro Deske orn sense 24 Repro operator Repro Operator wees 26 213 277 Resend scanned files from the Unsent scans folder Resend scanned files from the Unsent scans folder en lai nn 258 Resolution Resolution ss 167 Scan to hl Obs ssciesssiseseatvevevevesedscatieveasstveceys 114 Resume i eo O A E E 235 Retrieve files via an FTP command line prompt Retrieve files via an FTP command line prompt Retrieve scanned files 444 Retrieve scanned files ccccsccsessessesseeeeesees 259 Roll loader Roll lo d r siisii orisirisi 371 S Save jobs Sched led jobs sise 237 Save jobs in the Scheduled jobs Save jobs in the Scheduled jobs wo 237 Scale Scale ssesvessseisasecssnasddsicerdenvesdestesasavssecdexses 96 170 Scale formats Standatrd vsssecssciecsstivsstedaes veesses cdsaevseszesve tess este 424 Scale table Scal esta bles assassin 170 Scale to another media size Scale to another media size cccccsscessceseeeeees 96 Scan area SCAMS ALES 2 sr rendra sens ere nr aste des 356 362 Scan destination toolbar options Scan destination toolbar options c ee 222 Scan destinations Scan destinations cccccccccssesessscessseeees 220 252 Default destination on controller 120 221 2 4 6 Remote destination ccccceeees 120 221 246 Remote scan desti
105. to avoid any possible damage to the roll drawer Use both hands to slide the material under the metal paper guide until it makes contact as described in the procedure for loading rolls of media Press the appropriate green key inside the roll drawer The material will be automatically fed into the machine Note Also refer to the sticker inside the drawer Press the green key a second time to cut off the material protruding from the paper path Remove the scrap material Return the roll loader lever to its starting position by pushing it to the left Close the paper roll drawer Press the Online key to put the system offline Specify the size and type of material on the printer operator panel Note Both DIN and ANSI paper series are available on the printer operator panel Press the Online key again 372 Chapter 10 Maintain the Oc TDS750 Load cut sheet material Load cut sheet material Introduction When a cut sheet tray is empty during a print job a Sheet feeder x empty message is displayed on the printer operator panel and in the status bar of the Oc TDS750 Power Logic controller application You then have to load new cut sheet media i Note You must fan polyester cut sheet before use to prevent it from sticking together Also avoid the use of sheets that have already been printed on one side Caution A If you decide to reload the media when the drawer is not entirely empty it is
106. to the settings for the scanner input the printer output and the scan to file output Sections on the scanner operator panel on page 126 Use the Custom Card here to provide access to frequently used settings referred to the type of job When the scanner templates are active you also have a separate section to define the fol lowing default scanner settings The illustration below shows the Preference settings Automatic feed Rewind original Language Account optional Job definition Preference on Nederlands soi Sor English UK HR DRE Taal Ee 106 The scanner templates Preference Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner Change the operator panel language on the scanner Change the operator panel language on the scanner Introduction It is possible to change the operator panel language You can choose between two preferred languages Press the Language function key to set the needed language Illustration Job definition Preference on io Nederlands eor sor English UK mn om ms Select a language 1 Open the Scanner card in the Original section 2 Press the Language function key to set the needed language Select a language when the scanner templates are installed 1 Select the Preference section 2 Press the Language function key to set the needed language You can select one of 2 predefined languages In the Oc TDS750
107. 0 Chapter 9 The finishing options Paper jam in the folder 5 Release the green lever in the lower section of the belt unit by slightly lifting it and pulling it forward to open the lower plate 198 Opening the lower plate Remove any jammed printing material Pull up the green lever again until it locks into position to close the plate Close the belt unit door Put the belt in its operating position by pushing it down gently ON Chapter 9 The finishing options 331 Introduction Maintain the folder options The reinforcement unit Introduction Gi Note To avoid damage to the reinforcement unit use only the original reinforcement strips from Oc Maintenance of the reinforcement unit This section covers maintenance activities for the optional reinforcement unit of the folder The following actions will be described m Insert a new tape roll a Empty the waste box m Clean the reinforcement knives 332 Chapter 9 The finishing options Insert a new tape roll Insert a new tape roll Introduction If the tape roll is empty while the printer is in stand by one of these messages will appear on the display m Ifthe tape roll is empty while the printer is in stand by one of these messages will appear on the display m Reinforcement unit empty ifthe printer was running when the roll ran out of tape If a tape roll is empty while
108. 00 scanner 157 Oc Scan Logic Oc Scan Logic 158 Oc Scan Logic enables you to scan a document to a file for later use You use scan to file in order to perform the following actions print documents at a later time archive documents email documents reuse the information included in the documents in another application A scan to file is made at the Oc TDS600 scanner On the scanner operator panel you can among other things choose the resolution at which you want to scan and where you want to store your file The result of the scan to file can be stored on the controller temporary store or directed forward towards a network destination You can automati cally view scan jobs via the Oc Power Logic Controller interface or manually view them at a later time Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner Make a scan to file Make a scan to file Introduction Take the following steps to scan an original to file Illustration Custom Original Copy Optimization eon controller 400 dpi Image Destination Resolut
109. 100 originals and remember to press the green Start button to close the set when you are done 196 Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner Add templates Add templates Introduction You can add predefined copy templates to your Matrix Job These templates are created in the Copy templates tab Add templates to your Matrix Job 1 Click Add in the Matrix composition window The Select a copy template window appears 2 Select one or several templates to apply to the job up to 50 3 Click OK The Matrix composition window now contains the templates selected for the matrix job The user may want to make changes to any particular template selected for this job This can be done in the edit window Modify templates from the Matrix Composition window 1 From the Matrix Composition section highlight the template to modify The settings are displayed 2 Click the setting to modify The value of the setting is displayed in the Edit field Change the value 4 Repeat steps 2 and 3 for every setting to modify DS Note li When editing a template the change is not permanent The original settings for that template are not changed They are only changed for the Matrix job being printed at that time 5 Print the Matrix Job Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner 197 Print the Matrix job Print the Matrix job Print the Matrix job 1 Click Print in the toolba
110. 4 287 202 74 5 At the end of the configuration wizard you can view the new network settings New settings for adapter 1 address 254 237 202 254 Subnet mask 255 255 255 0 Result When you are ready the following message is displayed Follow the instructions to imple ment the changes Turn on and off the Oc TDS750 on page 32 Changes made on the operator panel are also visible in the Configuration workspace of the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application Applying the new network settings requires a reboot Turn the controller off and on 60 Chapter 2 Use the Oc TDS750 to print a job Activate the password Activate the password When to do You can activate the password to protect the Administrator only menu against unautho rized use By default the password is not active Before you begin Access the Administrator only menu Access the Administrator only menu on page 57 Note Li It is not possible to choose a password yourself because the password is fixed Illustration Select item Clear memory gt Activate password 36 Activate deactivate the password Activate the password 1 Use the Up Down key to select the Activate password option from the list 2 Press next to continue The password is activated The password is AV VAY This can also be found in the user manual Press OK to confirm D
111. 4 Press the Online key to return the printer to the online status i Note To deactivate the password after you have activated it repeat the procedure described above As an extra step you must use the Up Down key to enter the password When the password is activated you must choose the Deactivate password option as an item in the menu list Chapter 2 Use the Oc TDS750 to print a job 61 Activate the password Result The next time you access the Administrator only menu you will be asked to enter the password Use the Up Down key in the following sequence up down down up down Also see the illustration above 62 Chapter 2 Use the Oc TDS750 to print a job Activate the buzzer Activate the buzzer Purpose You can activate or deactivate a sound signal on the printer The sound signal alerts the key operator when the printer needs operator intervention Before you begin Access the Administrator only menu Access the Administrator only menu on page 57 Illustration Select item gt Network settings adapter 1 Activate buzzer 38 Activate deactivate the buzzer Activate the buzzer 1 Use the Up Down key at the right hand side of the operator panel to scroll through the items in the list and to select the Activate buzzer menu option 2 Press Next to activate the buzzer 3 Press OK to confirm 4 Press the Online key to return the printer to the online status i
112. 42 Original types for the scanner Original types for the scanner oo eee 416 Original width AO transe rune Custom Standard Originals Originals scsi 175 Copying thick originals 0 147 Thick smart itints 175 Overview OVERVIEW AP EE EEE I EN TDS750 printer P Paper jam at the integrated receiving tray Paper jam at the integrated receiving tray 393 Paper jam in the cut sheet section Paper jam in the cut sheet section 0 0 0 392 Paper jam in the folder Paper jam in the folder 325 Paper jam in the fuser section Paper jam in the fuser section ccceeeee 387 Paper jam in the manual feed section Paper jam in the manual feed section 390 Paper jam in the roll feed section Paper jam in the roll feed section 0000 391 Paper roll drawers and sheet feeder configuration Paper roll drawers and sheet feeder configuration asostseveusasssadedesvesasesiasbesaestdosseaesassnanszaeaseseasieseise 398 Paper series Oc TDS600 scanner ss 139 Park a job in the Waiting jobs Park a job in the Waiting jobs ccceee 237 Password Password nine 213 277 Chahe E eer ea O TERS 279 PDF A COMP SSION hrs aaa transe 168 Perform basic scan to file jobs Perform basic scan to file jobs cccceeee 157 Positioning the reinforcement knives Positioning the reinforcement knives 53 Postpone jobs in the Scheduled jobs Postpone jobs in the Scheduled jobs 237 PostScr
113. 50 Power Logic Controller application and the user manual of the Oc Double Decker Pro The functions of the Oc Double Decker Pro The following table displays the functions The functions of the Oc Double Decker Pro Function Oc Double Manual tray selection Decker Pro Optimized separation methods Optimized tray selection methods Error recovery support Chapter 9 The finishing options 349 The Oc Double Decker Pro The Oc Double Decker Pro Introduction The Oc Double Decker Pro is an optional finishing module for the Oc TDS750 to stack high volume output in an efficient and productive manner The Oc Double Decker Pro offers you the following functions m Manual tray selection a Optimized separation methods a Optimized tray selection methods m Error recovery support Illustration 11 10 223 Oc Double decker Pro The function of the components The following table displays the components and their function The components of the Oc Double decker Pro No Component Function 1 On off button Turn the Oc Double decker Pro on and off 350 Chapter 9 The finishing options The Oc Double Decker Pro No Component Function 2 Upper tray handles Move the Oc Double decker Pro 3 Upper tray extension Increase the size of the media trays for large media 4 Upper tray Collect the media output 5 Alignment guide Improve the stack accuracy 6 Lower tray extensi
114. 50 Power Logic Controller application Delete a job in the Printed jobs Delete a job in the Printed jobs Introduction The jobs that are printed leave the Scheduled jobs area and are stored in the Printed jobs area if this area is enabled If you do not use the jobs in the Printed jobs you can wait until their job lifetime expires and the jobs are automatically deleted You can also delete the jobs manually Purpose Clean up the Printed jobs Note Li Use the functions in the Waiting jobs toolbar or right click when you have selected the job How to delete a job in the Printed jobs 1 Click Print jobs in the vertical icon toolbar to access the Printed jobs 2 Select the job you want to delete in the Printed jobs 3 Click Delete in the tool bar of the Waiting jobs to permanently delete the job Result The job is now deleted You cannot recover this job The delete action is irreversible Chapter 5 The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application 243 Disable the Printed jobs Disable the Printed jobs Purpose You do not want to use the Printed jobs You do not want to re print the jobs that are printed on the Oc TDS750 How to enable or disable the Printed jobs 1 Click Print jobs in the vertical icon toolbar on the left hand side of the screen 2 Access the setting Enable printed jobs in the top right hand corner of the toolbar in
115. 76 Scanning originals with filing strip 178 SEE COPY sksessacsssustonsssssseseisesesesssassnsossaetesbaseoss 192 Shift the image s sense 189 Specifications oan Ee 404 Oc TDS600 scanner Account Logic sara 149 Background compensation cseeeeeeees 145 Basic copy job renens 134 Bold apisan ai 146 Change the language on the operator panel 131 Copy jobs on pre cut sheets wc 150 Define delivery of copies Define settings sss sssisseisseee Define the folding settings Deliver copies to the stacker Extended copy job ss File modes ra NN nm panel sassnsenasmnstenisansnnRnis How to select a stamp How to stop a job serrsisiinmiie sisisi Make copies cansisiveiicciisicacsianiienenatvnnacs Manual feed cccccccescessesseseessessessenseseeseens elias RE een EE Original delivery Original types Paper Series scsarvsssceesecssessess Perform basic copy jobs 136 SCALE hasiren tiaia 142 Scan destination esesseseseseesesessesesosseresrssesrsesee 166 Scanner templates ss 129 Sections on the operator panel s sssssssssss1e 126 Select lighter darker neiise 144 Select the exposure ss 144 Select the input mode wo 141 Select the required media 139 SELLIAGS eneid Sheet feed SORE rares m ire E re cerner dite Index STAMPING sereia sisikira iiini 156 Stop Copy JOb acai helene 155 Stop key sens sescsessssdesivedenseedssesescsdeassiesssesers 155 Templates i
116. Chapter 2 Use the Oc TDS750 to print a job Use Oc Print Exec Basic to send a print job Use Oc Print Exec Basic to send a print job Introduction i Oc Print Exec Basic is a print job submission application that allows you to send print jobs to the Oc TDS750 through your web browser You do not need to make unnecessary trips to the printer because you can preview your files check the printer status and define your media choice remotely Note For this application a separate Oc Print Exec Basic user manual is available How to create and submit a job in Oc Print Exec Basic 1 From the Composition tab enter the job name i A Specify the number of copies you want to print You must enter a number in this field Default is one copy Note The maximum number of copies at job level may vary when Banner is selected and Collate is off The reason why is that the number of copies at job level multiplied by the number of copies at document level cannot exceed 999 Define the job settings Add documents and define print settings Click Print Note To set the options Ignore document headers or Send to inbox go to the Preferences menu Chapter 2 Use the Oc TDS750 to print a job 69 Introduction to Oc Repro Desk Introduction to Oc Repro Desk Oc Repro Desk is the preferred print management solution for reprographers The application consists
117. Custom Original File Stamping Image 5 Top Layout 0n Default stamp Size Center s i oft i Small Bottom Finishing 4 Enable Select Format Stamp Sheet stamp stamp stamp position 125 Set the stamping options How to select a stamp i 1 2 3 Result 156 Open the Stamping card in the Copy section Select stamp On with the Enable function key Select a stamp with the Select stamp function key Note The following steps are optional Select a Color with the Format stamp function key and the arrow keys Select a Size with the Format stamp function key and the arrow keys Select a Position with the Stamp position function key and the arrow keys The output will contain a stamp to indicate for example its status as a draft or classified document Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner Perform basic scan to file jobs Basic scan to file jobs on the Oc TDS600 scanner Perform basic scan to file jobs Introduction This chapter describes the scan to file functionality of the Oc TDS600 scanner The following topics are described in more detail hereafter Oc Scan Logic Make a scan to file Settings for scan to file Scan jobs management in Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application Actions in Scan jobs area Retrieve scanned files Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS6
118. E ccc ARE RE EE LIT E 366 Load rolls of medias sensations 366 Use the optional roll loader 371 Load cut sheet material 373 Define the media type and media size 375 DORE ns ta eee ae 376 R fill the TONner ssssssssssane tonne deniers 376 Solve problems on the printer 384 Introduction to problem solving 384 Clear paper jams on the printer 385 Paper jam in the fuser section 387 Paper jam in the manual feed section 390 Paper jam in the roll feed section 391 Paper jam in the cut sheet section 392 Paper jam at the integrated receiving tray 393 Appendix A Overview and tables 5 sssvssssrtanesseentiel iris aie nen isa 397 Overview of the Oc TDS750 system 398 Printer operator panel sise 401 Scanner operator panel ire 402 Specifications of the Oc TDS750 ennnen nennen 404 Specifications of the Oc TDS750 404 Specifications Oc Power Logic Controller 410 Specifications Oc Scan LOGIC rer 412 Specifications drivers and job submission software 415 Original types for the scanner 416 Supported media types and sizes for the printer 418 Available media types 418 Contents Available media SIZ S ccceccccceecscceecseeeeseceecsceueceseuseeeuceeseseesaeeees 421 Standard scale factOr cccccccccccesceccececceeeeeseeeeceeeeuseueuuseeeaeseuaneseeaaes 424 Appendix B Misc
119. Group 3 are compression methods which are optimized for text and vector drawings If you choose these compressions when scanning a photo with many grayscales these compressions can result in a negative compression the file size increases instead of decreas es So use these compressions with care Is an industry strategy for transition of paper intensive processes to highly automated integrated processes for defense system acquisition design manufacturing and life cycle support Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner 169 Scale Image card settings Scale Introduction The Scale option allows you to scale while scanning to a file When you set File mode to On then the automatic Scale setting will result in 1 1 You can change this default setting into one of the following three settings m Custom m 1 1 m Scale table m Automatic Custom This option lets you specify a scale value You can enter a range from 25 through 400 This value also shows the scale value when the option Automatic is chosen 1 1 With this option selected scan to file will result in an image that is exactly the same size as the original Scale displays 100 Scale table This option lets you select a predefined reduction or an enlargement conversion Automatic Selecting Automatic always results in a 1 1 scan to file 170 Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner Scale table Scale table Purpose Use
120. NE sarene peA ANER 23 Function keys B n ti n keys escena 124 Functions OGE TDS7S O ireren Inn a p ERSS 27 G Get files Ger filesi 259 Give priority to copy jobs over print jobs Give priority to copy jobs over print jobs 236 Glass plate Glass plate ia RR 356 362 Green key principle Green key principle ssssssiissrssisssssssssssisssisisns 21 H Hold JOBS snaring nn a ENE 235 Hold a running job in the Scheduled jobs Hold a running job in the Scheduled jobs 235 How to change the password How to change the password 213 279 How to clear a jam in the belt unit How to clear a jam in the belt unit 330 How to clear a jam in the first fold section How to clear a jam in the first fold section 325 How to clear a jam in the folder transport section How to clear a jam in the folder transport section E EE E a sen enon 326 How to clear a jam in the second fold section How to clear a jam in the second fold section Hates nine 327 How to connect to a system Power Remote Logic ccccscsesesesseeseneeeees 274 How to connect to Oc Print Exec Basic How to connect to Oc Print Exec Basic 68 How to copy using a template How to copy using a template wee 137 How to delete a job in the Printed jobs How to delete a job in the Printed jobs 243 How to delete a job in the Waiting jobs 438 How to delete a job in the Waiting jobs 240 How to delete a scanned file How to de
121. Perform a license activation job 296 Chapter 7 Oc License Logic Chapter 8 Accounting software Oc Account Center An overview of Oc Account Center An overview of Oc Account Center Introduction Use Oc Account Center to manage the account information of the print copy and scan to file jobs for your Oc TDS and Oc TCS devices Definition Oc Account Center consists of the following two software modules m Oc Account Logic Oc Account Logic runs on the Oc Power Logic Controller You can connect to Oc Account Logic from a remote workstation through a web browser The users use Oc Account Logic to enter the account information The user can enter the account information for the copy and scan to file jobs and for the print jobs The users can enter the account information at the Oc Power Logic Controller and at the workstation The administrator can manage Oc Account Logic from the Administration screen on the application m Oc Account Console Oc Account Console runs on a PC that functions as a server You can connect to Oc Account Console from a remote workstation through Internet Explorer Access to Oc Account Console application is password protected and limited to authorized personnel The administrator uses Oc Account Console to create the Account information di alog The administrator publishes the Account information dialog for Oc Account Logic and other applications
122. Perform basic copy jobs Perform basic copy jobs Introduction On the Oc TDS600 productive scanner you can perform a number of basic tasks The following tasks are described in more detail in the sections hereafter m Make copies Select the required media Select the input mode Specify the scale factor Select the Lighter darker setting to make the printout lighter or darker Use background compensation Deliver originals after scanning Define settings for the next original Use account logging Use the manual feed function for copying Define delivery of copies U Jse job interrupt Stop a job 136 Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner Make copies Make copies Before you begin i 1 Place your original face down right aligned along the original guide Keep the legend at your right hand side Note When you feed the original keep it in place until it is transported about 1 cm o 4 in into the machine How to copy using a template 1 Place your original face down right aligned along the original guide Select the appropriate copy template Press the green Start key to start the copy job How to make a copy 1 Select a random template Specify the number of copies with the numeric keys Specify the Media sizes on the Sheet card in the Original section The Oc TDS750 supports both DIN and ANSI media formats Specify the desired media on the scanner operator
123. Reverses the black and white parts of the image Mirror Mirrors the image Chapter 5 The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application 263 Functions in Oc Power Logic Controller Viewing Command Sample Negate Scale to gray Preference menu Command Reference Measurements Help menu Command What does it do When active displays only a sample of bilevel raster pixels Reverses the raster image pixels on display and changes which are dominant for scaling When active displays the active bilevel raster image as though it were a grayscale image What does it do Reference displays or removes a small usually floating window This window displays the entire current page in miniature The crossed box inside the Reference window indicates which part of the page is displayed in the document window By moving or resizing the crossed box you change which area of the page is displayed Displays or removes the Detail window When active allows you to measure lines and areas on the image What does it do Shows information about view options Toolbar options Below the menu options you find the function buttons in a toolbar This toolbar can be turned on and off MBIQQQaQaISOXr N XR 4 1 23 45 6 7 8 910 11 12 13 14 167 Toolbar options Description Invert Reverses the black and white parts of the image Fit to window Scale
124. S600 Productive scanner 0006 183 Access Account Logic Access the Administrator only menu Access the Administrator only menu 0 57 Account ID Account ID sisi 149 Account Logic ACCESS 1555s3icessoscoesiensdedveseviseed fasdcessoisoesienidesnss 299 Oc TDS600 scanner irisito 149 Activate PassWord sean aae dns miennes 61 Activate the buzzer Activate the buzzer scsiicsssssessecesissessassevssssesissvess 63 Activate the password Activate the password s ssssesessesssessessessseseesees 61 Adapter Comb gure sicciinsscss sscessaveseseseodsesssepsdescssseocessevese 59 Add a leading strip Add a leading strip ss 98 Add a trailing strip Adda trailing strip sinus 98 Add templates Add t mplatess ssh 197 Add templates to your Matrix Job Add templates to your Matrix Job 0 197 Adjust the side guides of the belt Adjust the side guides of the belt 20 21 324 Administrator only Administrator only oo cesssecesessseeeeseeseeeeeenees 57 Administrator only option PAssWOtd nenntu ennemies 61 Adobe Adobe senene n aa RARA EE 22 Anonymous ADONYMOUS iarsi E RATES 213 Anonymous user ANONYMOUS Usia 25 Arrow keys Arrow Keys en ura E E 124 attention light 434 attention light sisisisisrsssiesisiisinr assise Auto align Oc TDS600 Productive scanner 0006 1 Automatic AUTOMAUC trier aa EO salet 1 Automatic background compensation Oc TDS600 Productive scanner
125. TIFF m None a Raw Multipage m Packbits a Tiled LZW m Striped PDF A PDF A Not available Multipage Quality m Maximum a High m Medium a Low JPEG Not available Quality a Maximum a High m Medium a Low Chapter 3 Use the Oc TC4 scanner 113 Resolution Resolution Use this setting to define the resolution of the scanned images The higher the resolution you select the finer the image quality Select the required scan resolution with the scroll wheel Setting Value in dots per inch Resolution i Note A higher resolution increases the file size 114 Chapter 3 Use the Oc TC4 scanner Original type and background compensation Original type and background compensation Use the Original type setting to define the type of original for copy and scan to file jobs The defined type influences the quality of the output Use the Backgnd comp setting to define the background compensation for your original Select the type of original and the background compensation with the scroll wheel Setting Value Original type Line Art for paper Grays amp Lines Dark original Blueprint Photo E Transparent for transparencies Backgnd comp When the background on the original has pollution use this r setting to improve the quality of the background The compensation depends on the type of the originals If en abled the
126. The red Stop key on the Oc TDS750 printer operator panel stops the active print process You can cancel or continue the current print job Cancel a print job 1 Press the Stop key A dialog is displayed informing you that you can press Online to continue or Stop to cancel the job 2 Press the Stop key again to cancel the current job i Note In general the printer cannot be stopped immediately because the started prints have to be finished Printing will be stopped at the end of the page Continue a print job 1 Press the Stop key A dialog is displayed informing you that you can press Online to continue or Stop to cancel the job 2 Press the Online key to continue the current print job 54 Chapter 2 Use the Oc TDS750 to print a job Make a demo print Administrator settings Make a demo print Purpose You can make a demo print to check the print quality of the printer Illustration i Demo print gt Printsettings 24 Select the demo print option How to make a demo print Press the Online key to put the system in offline mode Press the key above the graphical display Use the Up Down key to scroll through the list with options Press the right selection key below the graphical display to go to the next step Follow the instructions on the printer operator panel When ready press the Online key again to put the printer online again Aan A WR D M Result The Oc TDS750 will prin
127. This behavior is not the same as interrupting a job in the Scheduled jobs If you interrupt a job on the printer with the red Stop key you cancel the job instead of temporarily holding the job You must create the cancelled job again after the high priority job is completed How to interrupt a running job 1 Click Print jobs in the vertical icon toolbar on the left hand side of the screen 2 Click Interrupt to stop the running job 3 Select the high priority job and press Move to top The job is stopped The Interrupt button in the toolbar is replaced by the Exit Interrupt button 4 When the high priority job is finished click Exit Interrupt to continue the printing of the interrupted job Chapter 5 The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application 235 Give priority to copy jobs over print jobs Give priority to copy jobs over print jobs Introduction The tool bar of the Scheduled jobs area allows you to configure the setting that defines the priority of copy jobs in the list with jobs to be printed If enabled this means that a print job only starts to print if there are no copy jobs in the Scheduled jobs at that time Note li The Preferences workspace also offers you the same function to give priority to copy jobs over print jobs in the Scheduled jobs Purpose The jobs in the Scheduled jobs are re arranged to separate the copy jobs from the print jobs The copy
128. a copy job SCOP COPY JOD sicsscsssesseressiccsssseceseseissessieaesessess 82 Stop a print job Stop a Print fob desis sasisscsssssseabsescetsessesscosasecesas 54 Stop key sis avidioninstecciasscanawtinand 54 Stop key Stop key senesperi iaiia 124 Oc TDS600 scanner ieiosintireisini 155 Strip Add a leading or trailing strip wee 98 System administrator System administrator seeeeee 26 213 277 T Tape jam Reinforcement unit c ceeeeeceeseeeeeeseeeeeeeees 345 Tape roll Reinforcement Garenne 333 Tasks in the scan jobs workspace Tasks in the scan jobs workspace c 252 Templates Lemp lates eren i E Oc TC4 Flexible scanner Oc TC4 scanner ss Oc TDS60o Productive scanner 0 0 225 The components of the Oc Double Decker Pro The components of the Oc Double Decker Pro The reinforcement unit The reinforcement unit sses 322 The users TIFF COMPPESSION sasien inina ini 169 CB ANIZALI ON scniecsestsiasinesesesssoesidensosieatsoenteciee 169 Toner Refill sisi sister 376 Toolbar options in the Scheduled jobs Toolbar options in the Scheduled jobs 217 Enter Interrupt Exit interrupt 0 217 Moyet topas neds Properties ss insrsasisist Scheduled jobs properties To Waiting Jobs sstssesesensninse Toolbar options of the Waiting jobs Delete srpen anna E R EE Properties Toolbar options Printed jobs Delete sssini niesieni 219 Pr perties iiss ssia aeniea 219 Toolbars
129. able toolbars Toolbar Description Top menu bar 1 Manage the general application functions Available toolbar menus File Edit View System Job Scan Log on Help i Note Each menu contains a dynamic group of options De pending on the workspace you access certain options can be displayed or hidden Chapter 5 The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application 207 Toolbars and workspaces Toolbar Vertical icon tool bar Launcher 2 Description Access the different workspaces Available workspaces Print jobs Scan jobs Scanner Templates Preferences Configuration Oc Matrix Logic optional Oc Account Logic optional Various toolbars in the workspaces 3 Status bar 4 Available workspaces 208 When you have started the application you can access the workspaces via the vertical icon toolbar The user role with which you log on determines the read and write permissions for each workspace Every user is allowed to view the workspaces and settings but not all Perform actions in each workspace or area within a workspace Note You can also right click in the area to access a menu with the options available in the toolbar Give feedback on the status of the Oc TDS750 Controller status feedback m Log on information m Workspace status feedback m System control panel feedback users can modify the settings or perform ac
130. ackground compensation 1 Open the Image card in the Original section 2 Press the Background compensation function key if this function is disabled Note Li When copying extremely light or dark originals or originals with unequal background density the results may not meet your requirements e g too much background In such cases you can manually adjust the brightness using the lighter darker key Set the original type of your image 1 The Oc TDS750 scanner allows you to adjust the Lighter darker setting based on the type of image on the original There are six original types available Select a mode suitable for the original Press the Original type function key to select the appropriate image type a By default Lines text is selected with Background compensation enabled This is the most suitable setting for originals that contain characters and line art m Press the Original type function key to select Photo when the original consists of a combination of characters line art and picture images Note i Ifyou select Photo or Grays amp lines the Background compensation will be switched off automatically by default m Press the Original type function key to select Grays amp lines when the original contains many grayscales and lines 184 Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner Automatic background compensation m Press the Original
131. ake place at the scanner where you define the individual scan job settings Scan destinations Actions m Create edit delete scan destinations on the controller and on the network m Create protected scan destinations only possible for authorized user key operator Scan to file jobs Actions Define the settings for automatic file naming View scanned files stored at various destinations Check the properties of a scanned file Delete scanned files Print scanned files Resend scanned files Send scanned files to another destination Retrieve files via FTP 252 Chapter 5 The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application Define file names Define file names Introduction 1 2 You can define the file names in the following two methods by automatic file number definition for all originals in the scan to file job by manual file name definition per original in the scan to file job Illustration Name New Dest 2 Destination Type On controller System TD40 Username Password Path TSSCAN Browse File naming Base name DEST2 Ed Add the appropriate file extension Start value for 4 1 Encoding ascis shits Cancel Automatic file number definition Select a destination in the Scan jobs workspace Open the File menu and select Properties The properties window appears Enter a n
132. al reinforcement ment unit unit adds reinforcement strips to folded output Belt unit The optional belt unit trans ports the folded output and provides high capacity stacking of the folded output 312 Chapter 9 The finishing options Fold support Fold support Introduction Li The Oc TDS750 folder supports folding drawings into DIN A and DIN B package formats The Oc TDS750 offers the selection of Standard Ericsson or Afnor when defining the folding requirements These are not fold patterns but a means of communicating the document orientation and legend position The controller can then appropriately rotate the drawing to ensure that the completed fold package has the legend on the top Note As the print is coming out of the printer in most cases the legend should be on the trailing edge last to come out of the printer If the automatic rotate is not working as you expect define the rotation so the legend comes out last Fold patterns DIN A The front page and back page fully cover the folded package and the back panel extends to create a binding edge A compensating fold in between is required to ensure that the back panel completely covers the package and extends to provide the binding edge DIN B The DIN B is equal to DIN A but provides a package without a binding edge The folder provides a package with front panel and back panel covering the package A com pensating fold in be
133. ame in the Base name text box Do not change the part this part is used for automatic file name numbering Oc Scan Logic replaces by an ascending number You can put dots in the Base name Check or uncheck the check box Add the appropriate file extension to add or leave out the file extension Set the file extension in the Preferences workspace of the Power Logic Controller application Enter the start value for the automatic file naming in the Start value for field Click OK to accept the file naming properties Scan the originals You can scan now with automatic file name numbering Select the above destination on the scanner operator panel and set all scan to file properties While you scan the scanner operator panel displays the file name The settings are active until a copy job interrupts the scan job Chapter 5 The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application 253 Define file names Manual file name definition 254 1 2 3 Select a destination in the Scan jobs workspace Open the File menu and select Properties The properties window appears P P Check or uncheck the check box Add the appropriate file extension to add or leave out the file extension Set the file extension in the Preferences workspace of the Power Logic g Controller application Enter a name in the Base name text box Remove the part t
134. ansparent 90 g m2 LFM230 Good Paper Oc Transparent 110 g m2 LFM240 Good Paper Colored Paper Name Weight Code Rating FSC Film Name Weight Code Rating Oc Polyester Film 88 pm LFM310 Good Appendix A Overview and tables 419 Available media types Name Weight Code Rating Oc Antistatic 88 pm LFM320 Good Film Oc Contrast Film LFM450 Fair o 420 Appendix A Overview and tables Available media sizes Available media sizes Introduction Oc machines and media are matched for the best quality and performance Oc advises only approved Oc media You can receive a full list of the Oc media that you can use in your printer that includes plain paper transparent paper colored papers and different polyester films from your Oc representative Caution A Do not store the paper in rooms where temperature and humidity are high Avoid dust and direct sunlight Wrap unused paper in the plastic to prevent it from absorbing moisture Media sizes in the paper roll drawers Media width AGOE anaia 914 mm or 36 Guaranteed print quali ty ca 6 meters or 20 feet DIN range Width mm Length mm 8 5 Inch range Media Width inch Length inch C ET Appendix A Overview and tables 421 Available media sizes i Media Width inch Length inch 17 inch C 9 Inch range Media Width inch Length inch 9 inch A 9
135. appears on the printer operator panel Use this wizard to configure the system Hostname Default Host Hostname vetaurt Host IP address 254 237 202 254 Firmware Version 0227 Press the right selection key below the graphical display to go to the next step 4 Use the Up Down key to scroll through the list with menu options AN Result Select item Print settings gt Administrator only _ Service only Select the Administrator only menu option Press the right selection key below the graphical display to go to the next step If the password is enabled you need to enter the password before you can continue See Activate the password on page 61 The printer operator panel displays a list with the Administrator only settings Use the Up Down key to scroll through the list Select item gt Network settings adapter 1 Activate buzzer 28 List with Administrator only items 1 Chapter 2 Use the Oc TDS750 to print a job 57 Access the Administrator only menu Select item Deactivate buzzer ear memory Go to diagnostic mode 29 List with Administrator only items 2 58 Chapter 2 Use the Oc TDS750 to print a job Configure the network settings Configure the network settings Introduction The Oc TDS750 needs to be configured in the network for example to receive print jobs and store scan to file jobs The network settings of the ad
136. apter 2 Use the Oc TDS750 to print a job Positioning the reinforcement knives optional Positioning the reinforcement knives optional Introduction Because the knives of the optional reinforcement unit of the folder get sticky from the glue on the reinforcement tape they have to be cleaned regularly You are recommended to clean the knives each time you have inserted a new tape roll or when an error in the reinforcement unit has occurred Before you can clean the reinforcement knives you have to place them in such a position that all the parts that need to be cleaned are accessible You can do this from the printer operator panel Ready to print Taal Media Rott knife Clean 23 Cleaning the reinforcement knife Prepare the reinforcement knives for cleaning 1 2 5 Press the Online key on the printer operator panel to put the printer offline The message Offline is displayed in the status window Press the left selection key to shift the focus to the Folding menu A shadow effect is used to indicate that the focus is set to this menu Select the Special option from the Folding menu Press the right selection key to activate the Knife option The illustration above displays the information on the panel display You can now continue to clean the reinforcement knives Chapter 2 Use the Oc TDS750 to print a job 53 Stop a print job Stop a print job Introduction
137. apter can be configured in the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application but it is also possible to configure or update the network settings on the printer operator panel The network settings can be set or changed with the configuration wizard in the Administrator only menu Before you begin Access the Administrator only menu Access the Administrator only menu on page 57 Illustration Select item gt Network settings adapter 1 Activate buzzer 30 Select the adapter How to configure the network settings of the adapter 1 Press the right selection key below the graphical display to go to the next step Current settings for adapter 1 IP address 254 237 202 254 Subnet mask 255 255 255 0 2 Use the Up Down key at the right hand side of the operator panel to view the network settings 3 Press Edit to change the network settings Follow the instructions in the wizard Note Li You can configure the settings manually or you can use DHCP to automatically configure the settings No Yes 4 Configure the IP address Subnet mask Default gateway DNS primary and secondary WINS Use the Up Down key to enter the numbers Chapter 2 Use the Oc TDS750 to print a job 59 Configure the network settings Use Next to move to the next box or screen Press Back to correct or undo a change or to leave the configuration wizard Set IP address for adapter 1 25
138. ar a jam in the first fold section 1 Open the top cover of the folder The green light on the right of the folder is blinking quickly 185 Top cover of the folder 2 Remove any jammed printing material 3 Open the cover of the first fold section 186 Opening the first fold section Chapter 9 The finishing options 325 Paper jam in the folder 4 Open the guide plate 187 Opening the guide plate Remove any jammed printing material Close the guide plate Close the cover of the first fold section Close the top cover of the folder CoN AM How to clear a jam in the folder transport section 1 Open the cover of the transport to the first fold delivery 188 Opening the cover of the folder transport section 2 Remove any jammed printing material 3 Close the cover of the folder transport section from the left side by lifting it up and pushing the hinge away from you 326 Chapter 9 The finishing options Paper jam in the folder How to clear a jam in the second fold section 1 Open the front door of the second fold section 189 Opening the front door of the second fold section 2 Remove any jammed printing material at the bottom of the second fold section Close the front door of the second fold section If you have a belt unit put the belt in an upright position hw
139. around the world It all helps you go Beyond the Ordinary in printing and document management For more information visit us at www oce com
140. asic Oc Print Exec Basic ssesssissssnsirisvosssinssess The documentation set Oc Repro Desk The documentation set 70 Oc TC4 Flexible scanner S PCH CAUOMS sccesaseccsnssnssesesvensesesesiosseses vodesses 404 Oc TC4 scanner Oc TC4 scanner c ccccsccscescsceseesceseeseesseseeeens 98 Basic COPY JOD isscsscoissscasssssdissssscoscsesstesscotivecesss 78 Copy an areas ns 99 COPY Jobs stscvsessenses sssdsdsssnosecerssososacvvesdvesaeuesees 83 COP y SCUSiins costal E nement 93 Cut Sheet sorsia 97 D l t aii arei ei sc5 25 ies sspevcsersssvistvneiaasdiceetcesnd 101 Do a basic copy job wo sesesseeseeseseseeeeeeseaes 80 Extended copy job cccccessseeseeeeeseeeeeseaes 79 Extended scan to file job 106 Onpinaltypess s ssh 416 Scale solara E 96 Scan to file vocceecccssccssccessecesesesssceesees 103 105 DELS COPY enr E tenir rate 93 Settings for copy jobs c cceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 85 Templates ss iniia 78 Oc TDS600 Productive scanner Accentuate thin lines c cccscsessessesseseeeseees 183 Auto aliem iee AR 186 Automatic background compensation 182 184 Brightness serri ain Gk eaaa 182 COPY SIZE iesiri 177 178 Improving the image quality oe 182 Leading and trailing strip 178 Make ia Set COPY sssecsessessssscessoscssassosedsasvovensdess 192 Mirror image COpies ccceeeeeeeeeseeeteseeeeees 191 Non standard size originals ote 175 Original typeset spinii 182 Scan Width araar E aS 1
141. ation The Configuration workspace consists of the following groups of settings You have to logon as system administrator to be able to edit the settings Network settings Description Allows you to define the standard settings for the following protocols TCP IP IPv4 TCP IP IPv6 FTP LPD Novell IPX SPX Note For more information on TCP IP IPv4 and TCP IP IPv6 consult the Connectivity manual System setup Allows you to define the values for the security settings and the settings for the PDLs HP GL HP GL 2 CalComp PostScript NIRS Ca TIFF CALS DWF JPEG ASCIT Printer PDLs Chapter 5 The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application 229 Concept of the Configuration workspace Group Description Security Security Level m Low a Medium a High Illustration TDS750 Power Logic Controller File Edit View System Job Scan Logon Help Network Bystemsetup Security Controller identification Est Host name tds750 vento Description Oce_printer Location Location IT administrator Administrator TCP IP IPv4 it Primary DNS suffix P Protocol Enabled d write community name oce_operator d community name public P community name public Enable Adapter Enabled Enabled im etd DNS on mi a 134 188 207 134 Configuration Subnet mask 255 255 255 0 Default gat on Primary Wit on Secondary Serve
142. b appears in the selected destination of the Scan jobs workspace How to do a basic scan to file job on the Oc TDS750 1 Place the original face down and right aligned The scanner takes the original 77 Place the original face down and right aligned 2 Select Scan with the upper left soft key 3 Press the green start key Result The scanner scans the original and the sends the scanned file to the default scan to file destination Chapter 3 Use the Oc TC4 scanner 105 Do an extended scan to file job Do an extended scan to file job Introduction This section describes a general workflow for an extended scan to file job Before you begin If you must enter the same value for a setting very often you can set this value as the de fault value for that setting in the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application After you press the start key the scanner operator panel always shows the job number and status of the job A copy job appears temporarily in the Scheduled jobs in the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application a scan to file job appears in the selected destination of the Scan jobs workspace How to do an extended scan to file job on the Oc TDS750 106 1 Place the original face down and right aligned The scanner takes the original Select Scan with the upper left soft key The scan to file job templates appear Define the job settings fi Home
143. bestenssasessersesivatersessetien sas sasdbests 74 Scanner panel Correction keys amants 124 Job interrupt key ss 124 WY nn MA An 124 Numero key aon E 124 Start Key ainena a iaaa 124 Scanner panel keys Stop Key enint n iaia 124 Scanner templates Scanner templates Job definition s ssssssssssssssssesesesesssesesesesesesesese Oc TDS6o00 scanner Preference ix sasavssseziesiceadesesecsassrstvavecssarsceveseens Scanning originals with filing strip Oc TDS6o00 Productive scanner 0 0 178 Scheduled jobs Scheduled jobs ss 215 217 Delete a job Options Printa Jobsen Scheduled jobs area Copy job priority ss 236 How to delete a job in the Scheduled jobs 234 Scheduled jobs properties Copyjob pr nity ss cernes 217 Section keys Section Keys i codes RA 124 Section function and arrow keys Section function and arrow keys 00 124 Select a language Select a language sisi 48 131 Select a scan destination Select a scan destination oo 166 Select default settings for auto shifting with standard cut option 445 Index Select default settings for auto shifting with stan dard GUE Optio inimtsesenenenns 187 Select lighter darker Oc TDS600 scanner oo eeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeees 144 Select original delivery Select original delivery wo eee 147 Select the accounting function Select the accounting function 0 eee 149 Select the exposure Oc TDS600 scanner ss 144 Select the inpu
144. can area of the Oc TDS600 scanner Maintain the Oc TDS600 scanner Clean the scan area of the Oc TDS600 scanner Introduction If the glass plate is dirty or static it should be cleaned to ensure top quality output A dirty glass plate causes a decreased copy and scan quality Clean the glass plate when you have lines on the image that are not on the original At the same time you can clean the white reference roller Caution A When you clean the reference roller be careful not to damage the sensors on the scanner Caution A Make sure you do not damage the sensor at the right of the glass plate Clean the glass plate and reference roller 1 Turn off the scanner 2 Open the top cover of the scanner see the illustration below 231 Open the top cover 362 Chapter 10 Maintain the Oc TDS750 Clean the scan area of the Oc TDS600 scanner 3 Clean the glass plate and the white plate with a lint free cloth and a small quantity of the cleaner see the illustration below EJT TM 77 7 ET NII TITI PP Lan oF CF gt 232 Do not damage the sensor at the right side in front of the glass plate 4 Clean the white reference roller with soft cloth moistened with a small quantity of Cleaner A 5 Lift the top cover of the scanner to release the lock of the hinge and close the cover see the
145. copy a specific area of an original 1 Place the original face down and right aligned The scanner takes the original 2 Define the job settings 75 The icons of Y Offset X Offset Width and Length setting m Select Copy with the upper left softkey The copy job templates appear m Open a copy job template with a left softkey The top 5 settings display Scroll to Delete area and open this setting with the left softkey m Define the X Offset with the scroll wheel or numeric keys m Select Y Offset with the left softkey and define the value with the scroll wheel or numeric keys m Select Width with the left softkey and define the value with the scroll wheel or nu meric keys Chapter 3 Use the Oc TC4 scanner 101 Make a copy and delete a specific area of an original m Select Length with the left softkey and define the value with the scroll wheel or nu meric keys and close the setting 3 Define the number of copies if necessary and press the green start key Result The Oc TDS750 copies an original without the specified area 102 Chapter 3 Use the Oc TC4 scanner Introduction to scan to file jobs Basic scan to file jobs on the Oc TC4 scanner Introduction to scan to file jobs Introduction A basic scan to file job takes three steps Feed the original select Scan and press the Start key Every other type of scan to file job where you change the scan to file set
146. costs Logic Illustration TDS750 Power Logic Controller File Edit 1 Job Scan Logon Help US 0 amp x 2 CER to WValtingjobs Move to top Delete Properties Interrupt Name Te Owner Copies curen Remark Waiting jobs Print jobs Always to Wailing jobs Name T Owner Created Account User Printed jobs Enable Printed jobs On Name Type Owner Copies Curren md m al SS gi Rg Os Bs ge D 3 Chapter 5 The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application 205 Toolbars and workspaces Toolbars and workspaces Introduction The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application is divided into a number of workspaces After you have logged on you can access the workspaces Each workspace is divided in smaller areas with specific functions The workspaces can be managed with the functions in the various toolbars You can also use the top toolbar menu options to manage the workspaces The status bar displays messages and icons to give the user for example status information about the Oc TDS7 50 206 Chapter 5 The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application Toolbars and workspaces Illustration TDS750 Power Logic 1 al ile Edit View System Job Scan Logon Help x l a New Delete Properties R Send tc estinations on control Neme Resoution dpi image size rem Pn Controller Scan jobs ee A Gad 9 Wi Ws Bo Ou Bs We Avail
147. delivered in first fold delivery Stacker or lt 6m Belt Note Li Use offline folding only for the sheets that do not exceed a maximum length of 6 m If you try to fold a sheet longer than 6 m an error occurs How to make offline folds 1 Press the On line key key on the printer operator panel and watch the light on the top cover of the folder Indication light folder Then If the light is off the printer is online and offline folding is not possible the light blinks slowly the printer is offline but the folder is still processing the last prints the light blinks rapidly an error has occurred 320 Chapter 9 The finishing options Offline folding If Then the light is on the printer is offline and you can feed a sheet i Note See the label on the top cover of the folder 2 Make any setting for offline folding on the printer operator panel 3 Feed the sheet of paper face down and with the legend on your right hand side Note i Wait until the light on the folder no longer blinks before you feed a new sheet A media jam can occur 4 Collect your output Chapter 9 The finishing options 321 The reinforcement unit The reinforcement unit Introduction If you install a reinforcement unit output can be delivered with a pre punched self ad hesive strip see the illustration below 182 Example of a reinforcement unit With this strip
148. developed a roll loader for use with the Oc TDS750 Use the optional roll loader to load a roll 1 Fully open the roll drawer Inside the drawer the roll loaders are installed The roll loaders consist of a metal frame with a lever and a green knob in the middle of the lever Note Do not open more than one roll drawer at a time to prevent overbalance of the printer Put the appropriate horizontal lever in an upright position by pulling it to the right Pull the lever completely forward The roll holder is lifted up see the illustration below 242 Roll loader Remove the roll holder from the paper roll drawer using both hands Press the green knob inside the roll holder to release the locking mechanism and remove the core from the holder Slide the roll holder in the new roll of material while pressing the green knob Align the roll with the appropriate size indicator on the roll holder and release the locking mechanism This line has to be completely visible Chapter 10 Maintain the Oc TDS750 371 Use the optional roll loader 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Use both hands to place the holder in the roll loader see the illustration below 243 Use both hands Place the roll holder back in the roll drawer by returning the roll loader lever to its upright position The roll will now be loaded Note Be careful when you lift the lever
149. ding length 318 Offline folding sssini aaaeeeaa a aaa EENE 320 The reinforcement unit sise 322 Th belt units mansinianassshen nantes esens 324 Paper jam in the folder ss 325 Maintain the folder options 332 The reinforcement unit sise 332 Introduction sise 332 Insert a new tape roll 333 Empty the waste box 341 Clean the reinforcement knives ss 343 Handle errors at the reinforcement unit 345 Clear a tape jam in the reinforcement unit 345 No reinforcement strips on the output 347 Get to know the Oc Double Decker Pro ccsessssssesessesesessesesesseseseees 349 The functions of the Oc Double Decker Pro 349 The Oc Double Decker Pro nnna 350 Product specifications ss 352 Contents Make the settings for the Oc Double Decker Pro 353 How to set the media separation method 353 How to set the tray selection method 354 Chapter 10 Maintain the Oc TDS750 rss nanana nanamn 355 Maintain the Oc TC4 scanner 356 Clean the scan area 356 Calibrate the scanner 358 Clear an original jam on the Oc TC4 scanner 360 Scanner error messages and solutions 361 Maintain the Oc TDS600 scanner 362 Clean the scan area of the Oc TDS600 scanner 362 Clear an original jam on the Oc TDS600 scanner 364 Maintain the print lecsaccsscescheredececdesssaveasseacevvnedndevendavesssdsscessunsvetdivevesadens 366 AKETO Me E
150. e Collate Define how to collate the copies dc oo 123123 112833 58 By set left and By page example Optimization Optimize the copy for speed or fine details 59 Scan quality mode example m Fine details a Normal m Productive Folding Optional setting to define the folding method Binding Optional setting to use a binding strip or a reinforcement strip 88 Chapter 3 Use the Oc TC4 scanner Improve the copy quality according to the original Improve the copy quality according to the original Introduction You can improve the copy or scan quality even more for the following situations m You have an original from a special type The scanner makes sure that the copy or the scanned file has a sharp image You can define the Original type setting manually to improve the copy or scan quality accord ing to the type of original you use a You have a dark or light original The scanner detects the brightness of the image on the original automatically and makes sure that the copy or the scanned file has a bright image You can adjust the brightness manually with the Lighter darker setting to improve the copy or scan quality according to the type of original you use m You have an original with very fine details The scanner optimizes the image of the original automatically You can optimize the image manually to sharpen the fine details with the Scan quality setting
151. e Print jobs workspace and the scan to file jobs in the Scan jobs workspace Chapter 1 Introduction 25 The Oc TDS750 users i Note You do not have to logon to the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application when you are an Anonymous user Repro operator The repro operator is responsible for the daily use of the Oc TDS750 in a central repro department This person makes prints copies and scans on the system and is responsible for replacing media and toner making sure the right media is loaded for jobs separating jobs for delivery finishing as required A repro operator also takes care of the production of priority jobs printing or copying In the integrated Power Logic Controller application the repro operator has no permis sion in the Preferences and Configuration work spaces limited permission in the Templates workspace and full permission in the Print jobs and Scan jobs work spaces Key operator The key operator is responsible for the ongoing management of the system and the availability of the system for all users In a large organization he or she will be responsible for the smooth production of documents and scanned files from external departments The key operator will also have to ensure that the staff of the internal department are able to perform their tasks swiftly and efficiently In the integrated Power Logic Controller application the key operator has full permission
152. e Scan jobs workspace to create edit and delete the remote scan job destinations Chapter 3 Use the Oc TC4 scanner Scan jobs management When you select a remote scan job destination the jobs that are stored at the selected destination are displayed in the right hand side of the workspace the Scan jobs view area Scan jobs view area The Scan jobs view area displays all the scan jobs that are stored at the selected scan destination The Scan jobs view area can give access to the scan jobs at the local and re mote destinations You can select a file from the list and view the file properties Some properties for example the scan job name can be edited Use the toolbar at the top of the Scan jobs workspace to delete view edit send or print the selected scan job s i Note Only a scan job that is stored at a local destination on the controller can be viewed Power Logic Controller Remote does not support this functionality Chapter 3 Use the Oc TC4 scanner 121 Scan jobs management 122 Chapter 3 Use the Oc TC4 scanner Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner The scanner operator panel This chapter describes how to use the Oc TDS600 productive scanner The behavior of the Oc TDS600 productive black and white scanner is in some ways similar to the Oc TC4 color scanner scanner but there are also differences The scanner operator panel Introduction The Oc TDS750 is a ver
153. e Oc TDS750 supports both DIN and ANSI for mats The Oc TDS750 system uses a memory table that contains all standard width standard length combinations to predict the length of the original The scanner also measures the real length of each original while it is transferred through the scanner i Note If you copy thick thin or damaged originals or originals in a carrier sheet it is recom mended to use the output at the rear side of the scanner to ensure correct delivery De liver originals after scanning on page 147 Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner 175 The scan width The scan width Introduction To prevent information loss when copying a non standard original you can select the non standard scan width The scanned width will then be larger than the original width It is also possible to define the scanned width and length yourself Illustration Custom Copy File Original Ansi mixed Leading 0 0 11 0 Standard Scanner i Ansi small DIN Carto Trailing Non standard EN JO DiN Standard Sunchro f 0 0 Media sizes Remove strip Scan width Scan lengt
154. e sheet m Set Appendix A Overview and tables Specifications of the Oc TDS750 Number of copies 1 999 scan once print many Color space sRGB Image quality a Original type selection Original types for the scanner on page 416 Color selection Black amp White Gray Color Brightness lighter darker Image optimization for fine details or speed Image editing Remove strips leading trailing left right a Mirroring horizontal Delete area Other functions Pre programming of next job Programmable default settings Synchro cut mode Leading and trailing strip adjustment o mm 400 mm Concurrent scanning and printing Scan to file Black amp White Gray option Scan to file Color option Interface Firewire Voltage 85 264 V Frequency 47 63 Hz Power consump In operation lt 105 W tion Standby lt 20 W Dimensions m Width 1 300 mm 51 2 m Depth 650 mm 25 6 a Height 1 300 mm 51 2 Weight 70 Kg 154 lbs Safety approvals T V GS CE UL c UL CB EMC Directive 89 3 36 EEC FCC Oc TDS600 productive scanner Model m Optional console a Optional Original delivery tray Technology CCD Oc Image Logic real time image processing hardware Appendix A Overview and tables 407 Specifications of the Oc TDS750 Scan speed stan 5 linear meters per minute or approximately 4Aos per minute dard Scan resolution Scan resolution is
155. e to a predefined output size m Set the scale factor manually on the display of the scanner operator panel Use the arrow keys on the right of the display If you press one of the vertical keys the scale factor will increase or decrease in increments of 0 1 If you press one of the horizontal keys the scale factor will increase or decrease with the increments predefined in the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application Use the numeric keys at the bottom of the scanner operator panel You can specify the exact scale factor in increments of 0 1 For example if you want to specify a scale factor of 25 4 you type 254 If you want to specify a scale factor of 254 you type 254 142 Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner Select the scale factor Selecting the scale conversion 1 Select the Image card in the Copy section 2 Select scale table The 8 predefined conversion steps become active 3 Select the preferred enlargement or reduction step with the Scale table function key The scale step immediately converts the original media size to another fixed media size for example from Ao to A1 Note Gi The values of the conversions are defined by the key operator in the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner 143 Lighter darker Lighter darker Purpose You can use the Lighter darker setting to correct for a lighter or darker original If you c
156. ea metric or imperial val ues Chapter 8 Accounting software Oc Account Center Chapter 9 The finishing options The folder components Get to know the folder options The folder components Introduction The folder folds the output according to the selected folding settings Caution You can only fold paper If you attempt to fold polyester transparent or vellum media a media jam will occur Illustration 174 Oc TDS750 folder Folder components The components of the folder Component Function 1 Lever 2 Stacker 3 Belt unit 4 Second fold section 5 Reinforcement unit 310 Chapter 9 The finishing options The folder components Component Function Folder transport section First fold section Bo First fold delivery Chapter 9 The finishing options 311 The folder The folder Introduction The Oc TDS750 can have a folder to fold your output The output is folded according to the selected folding width and length with a drawing method You can only fold paper Polyester transparent or vellum media cannot be folded When you attempt to fold polyester transparent or vellum media a media jam will occur The Oc TDS750 can be configured with the following finishing options Finishing options of the folder Oc TDS750 finishing options Component Function Position of the component Folder Folds and stacks the output Reinforce The option
157. ecessary and press the green start key Result The copy quality improved according to the brightness of the original How to improve the copy quality of an original with very fine details 1 Place the original face down and right aligned The scanner takes the original Chapter 3 Use the Oc TC4 scanner 91 Improve the copy quality according to the original 2 Define the job settings us 64 The Fine details icon of the Scan quality setting m Select Copy with the upper left softkey The copy job templates appear m Open a copy job template with a left softkey The top 5 settings display a Scroll to Optimization and open this setting with the left softkey a Scroll to the option Fine details 3 Define the number of copies if necessary and press the green start key Result The copy quality improved according to the fine details on the original 92 Chapter 3 Use the Oc TC4 scanner Make multiple sets of copies Make multiple sets of copies Introduction You can use the Create set option to make multiple sets of copies Before you begin If you must enter the same value for a setting very often you can set this value as the de fault value for that setting in the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application After you press the start key the scanner operator panel always shows the job number and status of the job A copy job appears temporarily in the Scheduled jobs in the Oc
158. ect width Note The media can also be selected directly from the Custom section 4 Press the Cut length function key to select the required cut option m Standard which cuts copies at a standard length m Synchro which cuts copies at the end of the image The system cuts at the measured length of the original times the scale factor m Custom numeric which cuts copies on a specified length You can define the copy length yourself using the arrow keys or the numeric keys 5 Make other settings as required 6 Feed the original Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner 177 Scanning originals with filing strip Scanning originals with filing strip Introduction Left hand side You can adjust the original guide of the scanner to remove a filing strip along the left hand side right hand side in direction of feed facing down This side can be reduced by up to 60 mm Right hand side You can also remove the filing strip along the right hand side left hand side in direction of feed facing down by selecting a specific roll or sheet feeder If the paper width of the original is larger than the paper width of the selected roll or sheet feeder the remaining paper part on the right hand side will not be scanned Leading and trailing strip It is also possible to adjust the length of both the leading and trailing strip to eliminate or add a filing strip Leading and trailing strips can be extended up to 400 mm or sh
159. ed editing Appendix A Overview and tables 413 Specifications Oc Scan Logic Oc TDS600 productive scanner Application Scan jobs workspace part of the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application integrated scanning solution with viewing Scan destinations Maximum of 10 destinations m Scan to the local controller m Scan to a Microsoft Windows network location with Server Message Block SMB m Scan to an internet location with File Transfer Protocol FTP Resolution 200 300 400 dpi Supported PDLs m TIFF a MULTI TIFF mw PDF A a MULTI PDF A m CALS Available file orga RAW nization types for m Striped TIFF files a Tiled Scan modes Single scan stream feed productive batch scanning File naming Automatically generate unique file names for each scan Viewing View scans at point of scanning Oc Image Logic Optimum scan quality with six special original modes Ease of use Green key principle Scanner templates Scan to file from the scanner operator panel Scan directly to a local or a remote destination Requirements Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller and Oc TDS750 Power Remote Logic to have access to the system Options Oc View Station for editing and enhancement of scanned documents Oc Batch Processor for automated editing Appendix A Overview and tables Specifications drivers and job submission software Specifica
160. ederlands eorr English UK H r Automatic feed Rewind original Language S Taal 120 Set the automatic feed option Define the settings for the next copy job 1 Select all the settings required for the next original 2 Insert the next original If Automatic feed is off press the Start key If Automatic feed is on the original is fed automatically 148 Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner Account Logic Account Logic Introduction For accounting purposes the system is able to log job information for each job The job identification attributes and the number of print jobs are logged in the account file Illustration Job definition Preference Zon eorr eor English UK B er eer a A ET ES ae Taal 121 Set accounting data Select the accounting function 1 2 3 4 Open the Scanner card in the Original section Press the Accounting function key to set Accounting Select the needed Account ID or User ID with the arrow keys to the right of the display Enter the Account ID or the User ID with the numeric keys Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner 149 Use the manual feed function for copy jobs Use the manual feed function for copy jobs Introduction If you want to copy a job on a media type or size that is not available on one of the paper rolls or sheet feeders it can be convenient to manually feed sheets
161. eeeees 213 Check print Check ponts HAL ane 165 Check print on TC4 How torse lite i 118 Introduction c ccccccscecscesscessessecsseesseessesseeaes 118 Clean the glass plate Clean the glass plate 356 362 Clean the reinforcement knives Clean the reinforcement knives s 0cc000 343 Clean the scan area Clean the scan area vcc cescccsesesssseesseeees 356 362 Clean up the Printed jobs Clean up the Printed jobs wo 243 Clear a tape jam Clear a tape aril scission ssss 345 Clear a tape jam in the reinforcement unit Clear a tape jam in the reinforcement unit 345 Clear an original jam Clear an original jam 0 360 364 Clear an original jam on the Oc TC4 scanner Clear an original jam on the Oc TC4 scanner Clear paper jams on the printer Clear paper jams on the printer s s ssssssss1ee 385 Clear the set memory Clear the set Memory oo 64 Climate control Climate control sscissicssdcasisssssnss caserecroarssnasotonds 44 Color mode Black and White Color mode Black and White ccccceeeeee 113 Color mode Color Color mode Color cc ccccescessessesseseessessereees 113 Color mode Grayscale Color mode Grayscale s s s 112 Common user COMM OM USEF sense tira arasnense 25 Components Finishing options ssssissisreiriisiseiseciriniirinsana 312 Folder items uninhiss tt 310 Oc TC4 color scanner sesssesesesroreresororesrseseeee 28 Oc TDS600 black and white scanner 28 Prin
162. ellaneous rsnnserece aaan ea nssene annonce dos secs a aaaea cit 427 Reader s comment Sheet ceccceeeeecceceeceeceeseeeuceeeuueeeeaueeeeueseaaceeeeauss 428 Addresses of local Oc organisations cccceeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 430 Contents 14 Chapter 1 Introduction The product concept and complete workflow The product concept and complete workflow Definition A complete Oc solution includes several different hardware and software products to manage your complete document workflow The following illustration gives an overview of a complete Oc solution and the document workflow Illustration Document Management Job Submission A O om i A ai seamer A conot Printer Le o pm gt y 10 Overview of a complete Oc solution The system set up and control Different documents The complete workflow includes the following different documents No Document Different products The complete Oc solution is a combination of the following elements m Scanner a Controller m Printer a Finishing options 16 Chapter 1 Introduction The product concept and complete workflow m Job submission software Different jobs The arrows in the illustration show the different possible jobs The complete document workflow of the Oc solution includes the following dif
163. emplate can be selected on the scanner operator panel The scanner operator panel of the flexible scanner offers 5 copy and 5 scan to file templates For each template you can define the following items Template details Description Template Give each template a unique name name Template de Give additional information about the template and or its settings scription Top 5 set Allows you to display the settings in the order that you prefer When tings you can place the settings you use most often at the top of the list you avoid the need to scroll through the list of settings Individual set Allows you to set the values for each setting used in the template tings 224 Chapter 5 The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application Concept of the Templates of the Oc TDS600 productive scanner Concept of the Templates of the Oc TDS600 productive scanner Templates With a template you can predefine the settings you need for a copy or scan job You only need to set the job settings once and you can store the settings in a template that is pre sented on the scanner operator panel You can re use the template for each next job without the need to redefine all the settings every time The scanner operator panel offers 4 templates for scan to file or copy jobs The scanner operator panel also displays a template with the settings you used last This template
164. ense LOgIC 52241 4 hausse Es Mn ts las reims ee teessendbatsean isa a 281 About Oc License Logic 282 The possibilities of Oc License Logic 283 The basic workflow of license activation 284 Contents The structure of license files and licenses 285 Control your licenses with Oc License Logic 287 Log on to Oc License Logic 287 View the current active licenses nnn 290 Get the host ID of the Oc system 292 Save the current active licenses rennen nnn 293 Perform a license activation job 294 Chapter 8 Accounting software Oc Account Center 297 An overview of Oc Account Center sis 298 Oc Account Logic fagduaudals Seusiudechadychassaadgataaas sine deals snnnn te aie ne tft rec 301 Introduction to Oc Account Logic 301 Summary of Oc Account Logic 302 Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller Setup 303 Oc Account Console sescssssesessssesessseseseesssesaesssesavansesavatsesasansesesateess 305 Introduction to Oc Account Console 305 Summary of Oc Account Console 306 Chapter 9 The finishing OPtlONS viicsiceciecc cis sssencececeveceiacccccesdasddaceccavessuceeeecesdeaticebecdandeuetedes 309 Get to know the folder options 310 The folder components ss 310 The TOI epee errr errr aaa a reer drensess rames ee ann 312 Fold SUpport enaa naain ni AE RRENA 313 Set the standard folding settings 315 Maximum fol
165. ent but also allows you to manage your scanner templates system preferences and network connectivity settings You can also monitor the status of your system in this application Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller Remote Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller Remote enables you to access the integrated Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application from any networked workstation It offers similar features as the Power Logic Controller application Printer drivers With the Oc TDS750 two printer drivers are available including the Oc Windows Printer Driver and Adobe PostScript3 PDF driver With these drivers users can print their files directly from their applications to the Oc TDS750 More information about installing configuring and using drivers can be found in the documentation provided with the drivers All Oc drivers can be downloaded from the internet at www oce com Chapter 1 Introduction 23 User interaction Oc Print Exec Basic Oc Print Exec Basicis a web based print submission software which allows you to create and send sets of files to the Oc TDS7 50 for printing You can send the settings for these jobs from your workstation using your web browser Oc Repro Desk Oc Repro Desk is a print management solution for the reprographer and their clients FTP The Oc TDS750 supports printing via FTP You can print files via FTP from a command line prompt an FTP application or from an Internet
166. epts Oc Scan Logic The Oc TDS750 offers scan to file functionality for both scanners Documents are scanned then stored digitally Ten customized scan destinations are supported Scan jobs and scan destinations can be managed in the new Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application Adobe PostScript 3 PDF The Oc TDS750 fully supports Adobe PostScript 3 For Japanese Korean and Chinese extra fonts are optional and can be enabled in Oc License Logic Network connectivity The Oc TDS750 supports a number of popular network protocols This means that it can be used in multiple networking environments such as TCP IP and Novell Pserver IPX SPX You can configure the system in the network via the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application or via the printer operator panel in the Administrator menu Spool memory The Oc TDS750 has a spool memory which provides a queuing system for files the system is printing The spool memory allows multiple users to send print jobs to the Oc TDS750 simultaneously The print jobs are then placed in the Scheduled jobs of the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application where they will be printed The job that is put first into the list of Scheduled jobs is printed first Set processing The Oc TDS750 supports set processing This means that a job can consist of several files or originals You can print or scan these files or originals in sorted sets File
167. eric value with the numeric keys To enter a negative numeric value scroll to a negative value first and than enter the value with the numeric keys Select Close with the lower scroll wheel key Repeat from step 4 to define the next setting Note Use the Defaults option at the lower left key to set all settings of the job template to default Chapter 3 Use the Oc TC4 scanner 77 Introduction to copy jobs Basic copy jobs on the Oc TC4 scanner Introduction to copy jobs Introduction i A basic copy job only takes two steps Feed the original and press the start key Every other type of copy job is called an extended copy job An extended copy job takes one additional step you define the copy job settings on the scanner operator panel When you turn the Oc TDS750 on or when you select Copy the scanner operator panel shows five copy job templates The copy job templates provide access to the different settings per copy job template When you select a copy job template the scanner operator panel shows the top 5 settings of the selected copy job template The top 5 settings are the most often used settings You can define the top 5 settings for each copy job template with the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application You can use the scroll wheel to see the other settings After you start a copy job you can manage your jobs from the Print jobs workspace in the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller applicat
168. estinations on the network You can create Scan destinations at a remote location instead of at local destination on the controller The remote scan destinations area displays the remote destinations that you create The remote destination is a folder on a workstation that is accessible through the network Use the toolbar at the top of the Scan jobs workspace to create edit and delete the remote scan job destinations in the Scan jobs history area Chapter 5 The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application 221 Concepts of the Scan jobs and the Scan destinations When you select a remote scan job destination the jobs that are stored at the selected destination are displayed on the right hand side of the workspace the Scan jobs view area Scan destinations toolbar options i Note Some of the toolbar options have a dual function You can use the options to perform actions on the Scan destinations and on the scan jobs that you have selected The last three options described below are only used to perform actions on the selected scan job s Options in the Description Scan jobs workspace New Create a new scan job destination Delete m Delete the selected scan jobs destination s m Delete the selected scan job s in the Scan jobs view area Note You cannot remove scanned files that are stored at a remote location Properties m View and or edit the properties of a
169. ey to choose another conversion value for the selected scale step This change is only valid for the current job After completion of the job the default values for the scale steps are restored Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner 171 Mirror Mirror Purpose You can use the Mirror option to scan a horizontally mirrored image of an original Mirroring is performed in the vertical axis Illustration Custom Original Copy DS pad Optimization Scale table Image Automatic Destination no 134 Mirror setting Use the Mirror setting 1 Select the Image card in the File section 2 Select Mirror with the function key a On The original document is a mirror image The scanner mirrors this image in the vertical axis to create a normal image a Off The original document is not a mirror image and therefore does not have to be converted 172 Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner Optimization Optimization card setting Optimization Introduction There are two ways to optimize a scan to file m Scan quality a Fi
170. f the green handle 8 Close the left hand cover 9 Turn the printer on again Chapter 10 Maintain the Oc TDS750 395 Paper jam at the integrated receiving tray 396 Chapter 10 Maintain the Oc TDS750 Appendix A Overview and tables Overview of the Oc TDS750 system Overview of the Oc TDS750 system Introduction The Oc TDS750 is a wide format mid volume multifunctional system for printing scanning and copying engineering documents The Oc TDS750 offers a broad range or print copy and scan to file functionality The system is available in various hardware and software configurations Depending on your needs the Oc TDS750 is available as a printer only or a printer combined with a b amp w or color scanner Oc TDS750 printer only configuration 262 Oc TDS750 6 roll configuration with one cut sheet tray The Oc TDS750 supports up to 6 rolls 3 roll drawers and one cut sheet tray The default configuration includes 1 drawer with 2 rolls and a cut sheet tray 398 Appendix A Overview and tables Overview of the Oc TDS750 system Oc TDS750 configuration with the Oc TC4 color scanner Oc TDS750 components Component No 2 Printer operator panel 3 Manual feed section 6 Oc TC4 color scanner 7 Scanner operator panel Booo Scanner feed table Oc TDS750 configuration with the Oc TDS600 productive black and white scanner
171. f a strip you can use the ruler available at the scanner metric Result The Oc TDS750 adds a trailing or leading strip from the copy 98 Chapter 3 Use the Oc TC4 scanner Make a copy of a specific area of an original Make a copy of a specific area of an original Introduction You can make a copy of a specific area of an original with the Remove strip setting Define the following strips to specify the area Leading Trailing Left Right Caution A When you erase a margin make sure that you copied all the required information How to copy a specific area of an original 1 Place the original face down and right aligned The scanner takes the original 2 Define the job settings Select Copy with the upper left softkey The copy job templates appear Open a copy job template with a left softkey The top 5 settings display m Scroll to Remove strip and open this setting with the left softkey m Define the Leading strip value with the scroll wheel or numeric keys Select Trailing with the left softkey and define the value with the scroll wheel or numeric keys Select Left with the left softkey and define the value with the scroll wheel or numeric keys Left is the left side of an original that is turned face up Select Right with the left softkey and define the value with the scroll wheel or numeric keys and close the setting Right is the right side of an original that is
172. f the Printed jobs is reached you will notice a decreased performance of the Oc TDS750 can occur The Printed jobs is managed in the Preferences workspace where you can define a maximum job lifetime and a maximum number of jobs in the Printed jobs Note li Use the toolbar options that are available in the Waiting jobs to manage the Printed jobs Options in the Printed Description jobs Print This option sends the selected job s in the Printed jobs to the Scheduled jobs for re printing You can even edit some of the job properties of the job in the Printed jobs the copy that is sent to the Scheduled jobs contains the changed settings When this copy is printed it also goes to the Printed jobs provided the Printed jobs destination is enabled This option deletes the selected job s from the Printed jobs Properties This option opens a secondary window in which you can view the properties of the selected job You can only view one job at a time Chapter 5 The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application 219 Concepts of the Scan jobs and the Scan destinations Concepts of the Scan jobs and the Scan destinations Definition A scan job is a document that is scanned in on the Oc TDS750 scanner The result is a digital version of the original document You can print this digitized document copy job or save it to a predefined destination scan t
173. f you use the scanner templates you can also define the folding settings for a copy job in the template The folding settings for a copy job on the Oc TDS600 scanner are described in the ex ample below Illustration Original Matrix Logic Afnor Scanner Multiple sheets Set Singe sheet Traiting Standard ee rae D ees cs Feeding 180 Folding settings of the original Ericsson Set the folding legend i 1 Press the Feeding card in the Original section 2 Press the function key Legend location 3 Select Leading or Trailing Note In the drivers this setting is called the Folding orientation with the options Portrait c c S Landscape and Automatic Chapter 9 The finishing options 315 Set the standard folding settings Set the drawing method 1 Press the Feeding card in the Original section 2 Press the function key Drawing method 3 Select Standard Ericsson or Afnor Illustration
174. feeder section 392 Chapter 10 Maintain the Oc TDS750 Paper jam at the integrated receiving tray Paper jam at the integrated receiving tray Warning A During normal use the fuser must be closed Only open it to remove paper after a paper jam Because of hot surfaces the operator always has to be cautious and wear heat protective gloves when removing printing material in the fuser section How to clear a jam at the integrated receiving tray 1 Turn off the printer 2 Wait a few moments to let the fuser cool down 3 Open the manual feeder to release the printing material 259 Manual feed section Note Li If you fail to do so the OPC drum might get damaged when you remove jammed mate rial 4 Open the cover on the left hand side of the printer Chapter 10 Maintain the Oc TDS750 393 Paper jam at the integrated receiving tray Note li Make sure the printer is switched off before you open the fuser section 260 Open the left hand cover 5 Open the fuser section cover by lifting the cover by the green handle 261 Opening the fuser section 6 Remove any jammed printing material from the Integrated Receiving Tray 394 Chapter 10 Maintain the Oc TDS750 Paper jam at the integrated receiving tray Pull the green knob to release the fuser section cover and close the cover with the help o
175. ferent jobs Print job A print job starts with a file 4 and ends with a print 3 Copy job A copy job starts with an original 1 and ends with a copy 2 Scan to file job A scan to file job starts with an original 1 and ends with a file 4 Set up and control the complete workflow Chapter 1 Introduction 17 Available documentation Available documentation Introduction i This manual is part ofa complete documentation set The following table shows a complete overview of the available documentation Note Visit Oc on the Internet at www oce com for the latest information Available documentation Available documentation 18 Product The Oc TDS750 Documentation Oc TDS750User manu al Oc TDS750 Safety man ual Medium m On www oce com Available as a PDF file in multiple languages The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller Oc TDS TCS connectiv ity manual a On CD ROM Available as a PDF file in multiple languages Integrated Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application online help Oc Windows Printer Driver Chapter 1 Introduction Oc Windows Printer Driver User Manual Oc Windows Printer Driver online help Embedded in the applica tion as an online help file in 20 languages m On www oce com Available as a PDF file in multiple languages m On Driver Pack CD ROM Available as
176. formats See Available media types on page 418 for an overview of all materials that can be used on the Oc TDS750 printer Illustration Ready to print _ Taal Type Normal Folding Input Mat Paper ess mont sie AS 22 Set the media type material and size Set media type 50 1 Press the Online key on the printer operator panel to put the printer offline The message Offline is displayed in the status window The focus is shifted to the Media option indicated by the shadow effect Use the Up Down keys to select the roll or sheet feeder for which you have just loaded new media Press the right selection key to activate the Type and the Mat Material option The dotted line around the current selection is changed into an uninterrupted line and the small selection triangles next to the specified material are no longer dimmed Use the Up Down keys to select the type and the material you just loaded If you select Special an exclamation mark will appear behind the media name to indicate this status Press the Online key to put the printer online again The printer now knows which ma terial is used for the specified roll or sheet feeder Chapter 2 Use the Oc TDS750 to print a job Media type and size on the printer Set media type for manual feed 1 Press the Online key on the printer operator panel to put the printer offline The message Offli
177. g you selected You can select one of the following types of settings Chapter 3 Use the Oc TC4 scanner 75 Use the scanner operator panel i a A setting that contains two values only like On or Off When you select this setting while the setting was not in focus the setting becomes in focus When you select this setting while the setting was already in focus the setting stays in focus and there are no changes Change the value of the setting with the left soft key The value and icon changes a A setting that contains a list of values like Lighter darker Define the required value with the scroll wheel The value and icon changes a A setting that contains a list of settings like Media Define the required value with the scroll wheel The value and icon changes Select the next setting of the list of settings with the left soft key Note You can enter a numeric value with the numeric keys To enter a negative numeric value scroll to a negative value first and than enter the value with the numeric keys Select Close with the lower right soft key Repeat from step 4 to define the next setting Note Use the Defaults option at the lower left key to set all settings of the job template to default Define job settings with the scroll wheel and scroll wheel key only 76 1 Select Scan to file with the upper left soft key The five job templates appear Focus on a job template with the scrol
178. get a digital file of your original Steps in an extended scan to file job without fine tuned job templates 1 Feed the original Result Select Scan Define the scan to file job settings at the scanner operator panel m Open a template m Select the first setting and define the value m Select the second setting and define the value E E Select the last setting and define the value Press the green start key The second step takes several additional actions Steps in an extended scan to file job with fine tuned job templates 1 Feed the original Result Select Scan Define the job settings Select the required template at the scanner operator panel and change the predefined settings only if necessary Press the green start key You get a tuned digital file of your original 104 Chapter 3 Use the Oc TC4 scanner Do a basic scan to file job Do a basic scan to file job Introduction This section describes a general workflow for a basic scan to file job Before you begin If you must enter the same value for a setting very often you can set this value as the de fault value for that setting in the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application After you press the start key the scanner operator panel always shows the job number and status of the job A copy job appears temporarily in the Scheduled jobs in the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application a scan to file jo
179. gic to connect to the controller You can use Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller Remote to access the following workspaces from a remote workstation m Print jobs Use this workspace to manage the print and copy jobs m Scan jobs Use this workspace to manage your scan jobs and scan destinations m Scanner Templates Use this workspace to manage the scanner templates m Preferences Use this workspace to change the default settings of the system a Configuration Use this workspace to set all the connectivity and security settings Note Certain functions cannot be used when you logon remotely to the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application e g Oc Matrix Logic and scan to file viewing User modes 268 The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application has different user modes The Oc TDS75 0 users on page 25 An additional user mode is the Oc Service mode This mode is for the Oc service technician only You can check in which user mode you are logged on because the user name is displayed in the left hand side of the status bar at the bottom of the screen Chapter 6 Oc TDS750 Power Remote Logic Install Oc TDS750 Power Remote Logic on your system Install and start Oc TDS750 Power Re mote Logic Install Oc TDS750 Power Remote Logic on your system Introduction The Oc TDS750 Power Remote Logic application can run on all platforms with Java Virtual Machine This section de
180. gs Size and Type appear m Select Size with the left soft key and define the Size with the scroll wheel m Select Type with the left soft key and define the Type with the scroll wheel Define the number of copies if necessary and press the green Start key Place the cut sheet media on the manual feed table of the printer A Result The Oc TDS750 copies on a cut sheet Chapter 3 Use the Oc TC4 scanner 97 Make a copy and add a strip Make a copy and add a strip Introduction You can use a strip to file a drawing Use Add strip to copy an original without a strip and add a strip to the copy Use Remove strip to copy an original with a strip and remove the strip from the copy You can adjust a strip at the leading or trailing side of a copy How to make a copy and add a strip 1 Place the original face down and right aligned The scanner takes the original 2 Define the job settings m Select Copy with the upper left softkey The copy job templates appear m Open a copy job template with a left softkey The top 5 settings display m Scroll to Add strip and open this setting with the left softkey m Select Leading or Trailing with the left softkey and define the value with the scroll wheel or numeric keys The Leading strip The Trailing strip 3 Define the number of copies if necessary and press the green start key i Note To measure the size o
181. h Feeding 136 Selecting Non standard scan size Image Define the scan width 1 Open the Sheet card in the Original section 2 Press Scan width to select the required setting a Standard This option must be used to copy a standard size original Non standard This option can be used to copy a non standard original The scanned width will be larger than the original width to the next larger standard size to prevent information loss a Numeric You can define the scan width yourself using the higher lower keys or the numeric keys 176 Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner The copy size The copy size Introduction The copy width depends on the selected roll and the custom defined scan width The copy length depends on the selected cut option Illustration Custom Original File Stamping 1 A0 Paper 2 A1 Paper i i 4 AL Paper H 11 0 2 12 Transp On Standard Automatic Sor Sunchro For t 137 Selecting roll or sheet feeder in the media section 5 A2 Paper 1 A3 Transp Finishing Copy non standard size originals i 1 Open the Sheet card of the Copy section P y 2 Use the function key to select Media 3 Select Automatic or select the roll or sheet feeder with the corr
182. hand side of the screen 2 Select a local scan job destination in the Scan destinations Select the job s you want to delete in the Scan jobs view area in the left hand side of w the screen Note Li Make sure that you select one or more scan jobs If you select the scan job destination the Delete action removes the local scan job destination instead of the scan job s 4 Click Delete in the toolbar of the Scan destinations or right click and select Delete from the drop down menu 5 Repeat these actions for each scanned file that you want to delete 256 Chapter 5 The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application Print scanned files Print scanned files Purpose Print a scanned file that is stored on the controller How to print a scanned file 1 Click Scan jobs in the vertical icon toolbar on the left hand side of the screen 2 Select a local destination i Note You can also print jobs in the Unsent scans folder Select a scanned file in the right hand section of the workspace hw Click Print in the toolbar Depending on the workflow settings the job is sent to the Scheduled jobs or to the Waiting jobs Chapter 5 The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application 257 Resend scanned files from the Unsent scans folder Resend scanned files from the Unsent scans folder Purpose To send scanned files that could not be delivered to their initial destinati
183. he properties of the selected job Enable printed jobs This drop down menu allows you to admit or block jobs from the Printed jobs area When Printed jobs is enabled the jobs that are printed on the Oc TDS750 are stored there for reprinting If you do not want to use the toolbar options there are 2 alternative methods to perform actions You can use the menu options in the top toolbar of the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application or you can right click to access a menu to perform the same actions on the selected jobs in the Waiting jobs 218 Chapter 5 The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application Concept of the Printed jobs Concept of the Printed jobs Introduction The Printed jobs is a temporary storage area for the jobs that are printed on the Oc TDS750 When the jobs leave the Scheduled jobs they can go to the Printed jobs or they are removed from the system You can define if the Printed jobs workspace is enabled in the toolbar of the Waiting jobs or in the Preferences workspace The main advantage of the Printed jobs is that you can re print a job that was printed before on the Oc TDS750 It is not necessary to recreate the print job because you can use the stored job in the Printed jobs Keep in mind that the storage capacity in the Printed jobs is limited Therefore do not use the Printed jobs as an archive If the capacity o
184. he Oc TDS600 scanner 179 Scanning originals with filing strip Illustration 141 Example of adjusting the leading or trailing strip of an original Copy with removed filing strips along the leading and trailing strip 1 Open the Sheet card in the Original section 2 Press the Remove strip function ake Custom Copy File Original Ansi mixed Leading Scanner Ansi small f 0 0 36 0 11 0 DIN Carto i Trailing Non standard Standard Image i Sheet Jeon sw Standard Synchro Media sizes Remove strip Scan width Scan length Feeding 142 Removing strip Adjust the values in mm for the trailing strip using the numeric or arrow keys Press the Remove strip function key again Adjust the values in mm for the leading strip using the numeric or arrow keys Make other settings as required Naum Ss vw Feed the original Copy with added filing strips along the leading and trailing strip 1 Open the Layout card in the Copy section 2 Press the Add strip function key
185. he Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application 249 Manage scan destinations in the Scan jobs workspace 2 Enable FTP on the workstation 3 In the Scan jobs area open the File menu and select New or click the New button in the toolbar The properties window appears 4 Select FTP from the Type drop down list box 5 Enter the system name of the workstation where you created the shared folder Find the system name of the workstation on the control panel of the workstation Control panel Network Identification System name 6 Enter the system name of the remote location and click Find to identify the system lo cation easily 7 Enter the path name This is the name of the shared folder on your workstation For Windows Vista Windows 7 Windows 2000 and XP use the DOS name of the shared folder 8 For access to the directory on the workstation through FTP a user name and password is set on the FTP server that runs on the workstation Enter this user name and this password in the required fields on the properties window 9 Set the required file naming properties 10 Click OK The Power Logic Controller application connects to the new FTP destination The Scan jobs view area then shows the contents of the new FTP destination i Note You can create a maximum number of 10 destinations Names in Japanese can only be entered for remote destinations in SMB Lock a scan destination 1
186. he network settings 59 Activate the password 61 Activate the buzzer nennen nenna 63 Clear the set memory rer 64 Print job submission software 65 Introduction to the Oc printer drivers 65 Use a Oc printer driver to send a print job 66 Introduction to Oc Print Exec Basic 67 Connect to Oc Print Exec Basic 68 Use Oc Print Exec Basic to send a print job 69 Contents Introduction to Oc Repro Desk 70 Print jobs on the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application 71 IN TOAUCTION Eee A A A E 71 Chapter 3 Use the Oc TC4 sane leiciiicccisiisisicseeslivssscenciiheds oneececttensies nevda nedeeleeteede 73 Use the scanner operator panel 74 Basic copy jobs on the Oc TC4 scanner 78 Introduction to COPY jobs ss 78 Do a basic Copy J Diuendres ainan aa i aaa ein 80 SLOP a Copy J D rino aiaa aaa anaa iaaa aaia aaa A 82 Extended Copy J0DS ssr anus denis esss cntenennnet 83 Do an extended copy job ss 83 Available settings for copy jobs 85 Improve the copy quality according to the original 89 Make multiple sets of copies 93 Make a copy with a stamp ss 95 Scale to another media size 96 Make a Copy on a cut sheet 97 Make a copy and add a strip 98 Make a copy of a specific area of an original 99 Make a copy and delete a specific area of an original 101 Basic scan to file jobs on the Oc TC4 scanner 103 Introduction to scan to file j
187. he vertical icon toolbar on the left hand side of the screen Result Find the job in Scheduled jobs The jobs in Scheduled jobs are printed in the same order in which they are shown When the job turns active the Oc TDS750 starts the print process Jobs that are active can no longer be modified These jobs are displayed in bold and in a contrasting color It is still possible to delete or interrupt the job Chapter 5 The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application 231 Move up the jobs in the Scheduled jobs Move up the jobs in the Scheduled jobs Purpose The Oc TDS750 prints the jobs in the order in which they are presented in the Scheduled jobs To rearrange the order of the jobs in the Scheduled jobs use the button Move to top Before you begin Make sure you have sufficient permissions when you log on to the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application Anonymous no permission only viewing access Repro operator permission editing and other actions are allowed Key operator permission editing and other actions are allowed System administrator no permission only viewing access Note i If the Copy priority setting is active the print jobs always follow after the copy jobs in the Scheduled jobs If the destination of the print jobs is set to the Waiting jobs all the jobs arrive in the Waiting jobs instead of directly in the Scheduled jobs
188. his part is used for automatic file naming You can put dots in the Base name Click Apply to accept the destination properties The properties window stays open and is ready for the next scan to file action after the current original is scanned Scan the original Repeat step 4 5 and 6 for each original Chapter 5 The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application View the properties of the scanned file View the properties of the scanned file Purpose Check the properties of a scanned file How to view the scanned file properties a fh we D M Click Scan jobs in the vertical icon toolbar on the left hand side of the screen Select a remote or a local destination Select a scanned file in the right hand section of the workspace Right click the scanned file and select Properties The properties window displays the file name file size type and location information In addition the image size and resolution is also displayed Chapter 5 The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application 255 Delete scanned files Delete scanned files Purpose Delete scanned files from a selected local scan destination When to do m You do not want to keep the scanned file m You want to clean up a local scan destination i Note You cannot remove scanned files stored at a remote location How to delete a scanned file 1 Click Scan jobs in the vertical icon toolbar on the left
189. hnology m Optional console m Oc Image Logic real time image processing m 1 x Reduction type CCD camera Scan speed stan Black amp white dard 3 m min or 2 inch sec Grayscale amp Color STF capability 1 m min or 0 7 inch sec Appendix A Overview and tables 405 Specifications of the Oc TDS750 406 Scan speed Profes sional upgrade Black amp white m upto 5 m min or 3 3 inch sec Grayscale amp Color m upto 4 m min or 2 8 inch sec Resolution 600 dpi Optical 575 dpi Camera 3 color linear CCD 21360 Pixels 24 bits color Scan width 914 4 mm 36 Original feed Right aligned Original size Standard scanner Rigid thick media scanner Minimum Minimum m 210mmx210mm Lx m 210mmx210mm Lx W or 8 x 8 W or 8 x 8 Maximum Maximum m 6000 mmxi016mm L m 1300 mmx 965 mm Lx weight Data format x W or 19 x 40 W or 51 x 38 Maximum media 3 mm 0 12 15 mm 0 59 thickness Maximum media not applicable 2 5 kg m m TIFF uncompressed Packbits G3 G4 and LZW m TIFF Multipage uncompressed Packbits G3 G4 and LZW m PDF A uncompressed Flate and G4 a PDF A Multipage uncompressed Flate and G4 m CALS Scale method m Scale to format Scale range 25 400 0 1 fixed step interval Custom scale Scale range 10 1000 0 1 fixed step interval m Exact 1 to 1 No scaling Input mode m Singl
190. hoose to make the print darker you must take into account that anything in the back ground is also made darker This can create pollution RTE a ik Custom Copy File Original oo Dark original Lighter Scanner Grays amp Lines on E Normal image E Photo eor Lines amp text i Automatic Darker eof Sheet A H H Original type Background Lighter darker f Bold Feeding compensation 116 Set the Lighter darker setting Set the Lighter darker setting i 144 1 Select the Image card in the Original section 2 Select the desired Lighter darker level by using the arrow keys to the right of the display Note You can also select the Lighter darker level from the Custom card if this setting has been defined for this Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner Background compensation Background compensation Purpose You can use the Background compensation function with dark originals or originals on colored paper In the latter case the color is filtered out and is no longer visible on the printed output
191. if Oc License Logic detects active licenses Click the Host id link The The host id of your Oc system window opens Click the Copy button to copy the host ID to the clipboard Open a new document in a text editor Use the paste option of the text editor to copy the host ID into the document Enter the different license numbers into the document Save the document The host ID is stored in a document You can use this document to send the host ID and license numbers to Oc 292 Chapter 7 Oc License Logic Save the current active licenses Save the current active licenses Introduction You can save all current active licenses of different licenses types into one single file Purpose Save the current active licenses for the following purposes m Collect and save all active licenses of different types into one single file m Create a back up file before you start a license activation job When to do Save the current active licenses before you start a license activation job or to save the current license situation Before you begin Make sure that the print system has active licenses If Oc License Logic does not detect active licenses the No active license opens Log on to Oc License Logic on page 287 How to save the license 1 Log on to Oc License Logic The View licenses window opens 2 Click the Save button The Save licenses window opens 3 Select
192. ile Make a scan to file c ccccccscessessseseeeeeeseeeees 159 Make a set copy Oc TDS600 Productive scanner 0000 192 Make copies Oc TDS600 scanner ss 137 Make mirror image copy Oc TDS600 Productive scanner 006 191 Make multiple sets of copies Make multiple sets of copies wees 93 Make offline folding settings Make offline folding settings cceeeeeee 49 Manual feed Oc TDS600 scanner cccsceeseceseeeetesesseees 150 Manual feed section Pape jan esse Rennais 390 Manual file name definition Manual file name definition cccseeeeees 254 Matrix Workflow isis cisidis oss sal esdesscacecestescersasidedsiivanse s 193 440 Matrix Logic PROCESS sts ses suess rte reesei TA Add templates Banners c00000 Copy a template Edit a template rs cisscsovescieeteessestsezesssavaisizsecess 200 Matrix logic Create a Matrix job Print RPM s jssvsvesssescseascatenssiseassesisiosiosnesiediniacveg Maximum folding length Maximum folding length oes 318 Media Humidity vo aes ae eter cage ate 44 Oc TDS600 scanner woes 139 Media sizes Media sizes 2 covsvcsassissssanessieratosstseivesdestasuedts 421 Media sizes in the cut sheet trays Media sizes in the cut sheet trays 0 422 Media sizes in the paper roll drawers Media sizes in the paper roll drawers 421 Media type Manual ed vz casesaceacasitacaxenceceenseiansaevesscaxen 51 Media types Media types s
193. ill feed the original in and out once before it feeds in the complete drawing auto width detection How to copy on the scanner 1 Place the original face down and right aligned as illustrated below The scanner takes the original 43 Place the original face down and right aligned 2 Press the green start key The scanner operator panel shows the copy job number and the status of the copy job Note i You can copy faster when you feed the original in landscape direction 80 Chapter 3 Use the Oc TC4 scanner Do a basic copy job Result The scanner makes a copy The copy is sent to the Oc TDS750 printer and will be printed immediately or stored in the Waiting jobs workspace of the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application Chapter 3 Use the Oc TC4 scanner 81 Stop a copy job Stop a copy job Introduction You can stop a copy job with the red Stop key on the scanner operator panel How to stop a copy job 1 Press the red Stop key i Note This will not affect a set job Result When you press the red Stop key while the scanner scans the scan process stops The scanner rewinds the original and the copy job is canceled When you press the red Stop key while the scanner rewinds the rewind process continues The copy job is canceled 82 Chapter 3 Use the Oc TC4 scanner Do an extended copy job Extended copy jobs Do an extended copy job Introduction The main steps
194. image on the page 188 Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner Shift the image Shift the image Introduction In some cases the margin may be too narrow to accommodate filing strips without loss of information To avoid this you can shift horizontally or vertically as shown below 149 Example of shifting the image Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner 189 Shift the image Shift the image 190 1 2 Open the Layout card in the Copy section on Custom Original File Stamping Vertical Vertical Leading Image Top 0 0 0 0 Layout Horizontal Finishing PEE cc 00 00 Alignment ET asasi EE 150 Shift the image Horizontal Trailing Press the Shift function key and select a horizontal shift value by pressing the numeric or arrow keys until the required distance is set to shift the image to the left or to the right When you shift the image horizontally you can only shift to the left or to the right Press the Shift function key again and select a vertical shift value by pressing the numeric or arrow keys until the required distance is set to shift the image upwards or downwards When you shift the image vertically you can only shift up or down Make other settings as required Feed the orig
195. in the Oc TDS7 50 Power Logic Controller application Scan to file jobs can be managed in the Scan jobs workspace Illustration Connecting to controler I wennrrerern Ueeenensesese Preference Job definition EF E Description 1 Description 2 Description 3 Description 4 i Template 1 Template 2 Template 3 Template 4 Last used l i i i d q i i i 108 The scanner templates Steps in a basic copy job 134 1 Place your original face down right aligned along the original guide Keep the legend at your right hand side 2 Feed the original Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner Introduction to copy jobs Note Li When you feed the original keep it in place until it is transported about 1 cm o 4 in into the machine 3 Press the green start key Result You do a basic copy job in 2 steps The basic copy job uses the settings of the first template Steps in an extended copy job 1 Feed the original 2 Define the job settings Select the required template at the scanner operator panel and change the predefined settings only if necessary Note i The changes you make are not stored in the template itself You can use the Last used template if you want to use the same settings as in the previous scan job 3 Press the green start key Result An extended copy job takes one additional action only Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner 135
196. in just the way you want it The illustrations below show the 2 main configurations with the optional folder and a copy delivery tray ss SS SS 12 The Oc TDS750 system in combination with the Oc TC4 scanner Chapter 1 Introduction 27 The Oc TDS750 components The Oc TDS750 components Introduction 28 The Oc TDS750 is available as a digital network printer a printer and scanner or as a full combination which can print copy or scan to file and finish the output The Oc TDS750 consists of the following components Note You can combine the printer with 1 scanner at a time Number Component Oc TC4 Color Scanner Oc TDS600 Black and White Scanner Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller These components in combination with your network Print Exec Basic Repro Desk and one or more drivers Windows driver or PostScript allow you to use the Oc TDS750 as your default enterprise print and copy solution See the Oc Connectivity Manual for more details about making networking settings on the Oc TDS750 printer You can find more information about installing configuring and using drivers in the documentation provided with the drivers Note All Oc drivers for the Oc TDS750 are available for download from the internet at www oce com Chapter 1 Introduction The Oc TDS750 components The Oc TDS750
197. inal Note You can use horizontal and vertical shift simultaneously Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner Mirror image copies Mirror image copies Introduction With the scanner you can make a mirror image copy of an original as shown in the next figure TW US 151 Example of a mirror image copy Make mirror image copy 1 Open the Image card in the Copy section Custom Original File Stamping Image 1 cale table Layout utomatic Finishing ii 152 Mirror image Sheet 2 Press the Mirror function key to enable the Mirror function 3 Make other settings as required and feed the original Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner 191 Make a set copy Make a set copy Introduction Set copying is an input mode that enables you to make one job out of multiple originals It is distinguished from the Multiple sheets input mode by the way the job is sorted See Select the input mode on page 141 for a description of the input modes Illustration Custom Copy File Original
198. ings sam 124 Define a banner Define a bannet cc ccccccccecscesseesseeseeesseeseeeees 201 Define delivery of copies Oc TDS600 scanner ccsccesssecesseceseeesseees 152 Define file names Define file names ccccccccsscesseesseesecesseeseesees 253 Define job settings with the left soft keys and the scroll wheel Define job settings with the left soft keys and the Scroll wheel ss csscsssiessssbosssesessisiessesecssasoresssenieon 75 Define settings for the next original Oc TDS600 scanner woes 148 Define the delete area dimensions Define the delete area dimensions 04 101 Define the folding settings Oc TDS600 scanner ienasi 152 Define the media size of the printer Define the media size of the printer 375 Define the media type and size Define the media type and size wo 375 Define the media type of the printer Define the media type of the printer 375 Define the scan width Define the scan width 176 Define the settings for the next copy job Define the settings for the next copy job 148 Delete Index Jobs in the Printed jobs wees 243 Jobs in the Waiting jobs wo 240 Delete a destination Delete a destination csccssessesseseeseeseeseees 248 Delete a job Printed fODS ssesccessscsisesercorssoeeesssdevenescasen osse0s3s Scheduled jobs Waiting jobs Delete a job in the Printed jobs Delete a job in the Printed jobs 0 243 Dele
199. instead of switching paper rolls or cut sheet trays The sheet feed is a special slot just above the roll drawers on the printer You can insert pre cut copy material in this slot one sheet at a time TERRE fa On custom Original File Copy Stamping 1 AO Paper i af A1 Paper i i Image s A2 Paper i 4 A1 Paper i i 11 0 a Layout i fi A3 Transp 2 12 Transp On Standard Automatic i eof Synchro Finishing Sst pee Poe bn a eei 122 Define the manual feed setting Copy jobs on pre cut sheets 1 2 i Yaupye i Open the Sheet card in the Copy section Press the Manual feed key to change the setting to On Note If templates are present on the scanner open the Preferences section to access the Manual feed setting Select any required other settings Enter the number of copies using the numeric keys Feed the original Press the Start key Take your sheet of copy material to the side of the printer that contains the sheet feed Use both hands to align the copy material in accordance with the format indication and the sticker on the manual feed table Move the copy material forward in the nip of the roller This action must cause an ample paper bulge over the full width of the page Hold the paper with bo
200. intain the Oc TDS750 357 Calibrate the scanner Calibrate the scanner Introduction You can calibrate the scanner when you are not satisfied with the scan quality Use the calibration wizard to calibrate the scanner Before you begin Make sure the glass plate is clean before you start the calibration procedure Clean the scan area on page 356 dirty glass plate causes a decreased copy and scan quality Clean the glass plate when you have lines on the image that are not on the original How to calibrate the scanner 1 2 Select System with the lower right soft key The System settings screen opens Select Scanner calibration with a left soft key to start the calibration wizard The message Insert calibration sheet and the following icon appears 226 The Insert calibration sheet icon Insert the calibration sheet and press the green start key to start the calibration process The message Scanner is calibrating and the following icon appears ess r 227 The Scanner is calibrating icon When the calibration process is ready the message Press OK to continue and the follow ing icon appears 228 The remove the calibration sheet icon 358 Chapter 10 Maintain the Oc TDS750 Calibrate the scanner 4 Select OK with the lower right soft key i Note When the calibration process stops or fails follow the instructions on the scanner oper ator panel
201. ion Note When you select Scan you have access to 5 predefined scan to file templates Scan to file jobs can be managed in the Scan jobs workspace Illustration Scan Ready Line drawings el Make 1 1 copy i Make 1 1 copy Coloured drawings 1 B Scale 50 i E gt Reduce copy by 50 Remove Hanging strip 1 Copy without leading strip Set copy 1 25 Make sorted sets nn F0 System 42 The copy job templates Steps in a basic copy job 78 1 Feed the original 2 Press the green start key Chapter 3 Use the Oc TC4 scanner Introduction to copy jobs Result You do a basic copy job in 2 steps The basic copy job uses the settings of the first template Steps in an extended copy job 1 Feed the original 2 Define the job settings Select the required template at the scanner operator panel and change the predefined settings only if necessary 3 Press the green start key Result An extended copy job takes one additional action only Chapter 3 Use the Oc TC4 scanner 79 Do a basic copy job Do a basic copy job Introduction The main steps of a basic copy job are described below m Place your original face down right aligned along the original guide Keep the legend at your right hand side m Press the green start key Note Li To detect the width of the drawing the scanner w
202. ion File type TIFF Destination subformat 126 Destination card in the File section How to scan to file using a template 1 Place your original face down right aligned along the original guide 2 Select the appropriate scanner template Make sure the Output mode is set to File or Copy amp file 3 Press the Start key The original is scanned The digitized document will be stored on the controller or at a remote location How to scan to file 1 Place your original face down right aligned along the original guide 2 Select a random template 3 Select the appropriate original type 4 Press the section key File to select File mode On The status message displays Ready to scan to file Select the Destination card in the File section Select a Destination 7 Press the Start key The original is scanned care Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner 159 Make a scan to file Result Scanning job tetes sacan ob File scan022 tif Custom i amp f2 A1 Paper Matrix Logic O4 A1 Paper 1 AO Paper 5 A2 Paper Multiple sheets et H A3 Transp 52 12 Transp utomatic RS SN Er ric A status message displays Scanning job Scan job number X File scan22 tif 2999 When enabled in the view menu in the Scan jobs workspace a view is automatically presented on the controller showing the results of the scan Note
203. ion is disabled when the optional original delivery tray is installed Illustration Job definition Preference i on Pon Nederlands eor eor SEnglish Uk D ad Taal f mm 119 Rewind the original Select original delivery 1 Open the Scanner card in the Original section 2 Press the Rewind original function key to make your selection 3 On The originals are delivered at the front side of the scanner You have to collect each original by hand 4 Off The originals are delivered at the back side of the scanner Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner 147 Define settings for the next original Define settings for the next original Introduction You can define the settings for each original you want to copy When Automatic feed is enabled you should bear in mind that the original is automatically pulled into the scanner If you want to be absolutely sure about the settings that belong to an original insert an original when the settings are correct i Note To increase your versatility at the scanner input side you can ask your key operator to turn off Automatic feed When you use the scanner with automatic feed off you must press the Start key for each new original to be scanned This offers you the possibility to change the settings for the next original even if you already put the original in place on the scanner feed table Illustration Job definition Preference On N
204. ions there are 2 alternative methods to perform the same actions You can use the menu options in the top toolbar of the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application or you can right click in the Scheduled jobs to access a menu to perform actions on the selected jobs in the Scheduled jobs Chapter 5 The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application 217 Concept of the Waiting jobs Concept of the Waiting jobs Introduction The Waiting jobs area receives print jobs that do not go directly to the Scheduled jobs The Waiting jobs also receive all the jobs from the Scheduled jobs that are postponed for example because they have a media request time out You can manage the Waiting jobs and the jobs in it with the toolbar options at the top of the Waiting jobs Use the Waiting jobs as your central work area to check and edit the job settings and to decide the order in which the jobs are sent to the Scheduled jobs You can temporarily store jobs in the Waiting jobs for postponed printing i Note Use the toolbar options that are available in the Waiting jobs to manage the Printed jobs as well Toolbar options of the Waiting jobs Options in Waiting Description jobs Print Delete Sends the selected job s to the Scheduled jobs Deletes the selected job s from the Waiting jobs Properties Opens a secondary window in which you can view t
205. ipt driver PostS ript driver ssi cessessasscossesdosssssosseadoavesisassee 65 Power Logic Controller Power Remote Logic wc 268 Power Logic controller Log on anne E 278 Power Logic Controller application Power Logic Controller application 0 0 23 Power Logic Controller Remote Power Logic Controller Remote 0 23 Power Logic Controller Supported languages Power Logic Controller Supported languages Power Remote Logic Add system Applications COMECE assist cnczes sadsisasceassiuseentitdesecancicaveeeasis Connect to controller c cccesesseseeseeseeseees 274 LOG ON sesscesivschisscedeseeosscsssassdsssosses sescsossieaizens 277 Remove System sheet 274 Start applications 271 Preferences Preferences soeia 227 Prepare the Matrix job Prepare the Matrix job cceceeeseeeseeeeeees 195 Prepare the reinforcement knives for cleaning Prepare the reinforcement knives for cleaning 53 Prepare the tape roll for operation Prepare the tape roll for operation 04 338 Prevent information loss Imag SUPINE sdeedeseseosscesscsscescossessssxeesstssisees 189 Print Oc Print Exec Basic ccececeseeceeseeseeeeeneeeeee 69 Printed jobs 241 to the Scheduled jobs 239 Print a drawing Print drawing css tisser dl 66 Print a high priority job Print a high priority job wees 235 Print a job in the Scheduled jobs Print a job in the Scheduled jobs 2 231 Print a job to the Schedu
206. ister 418 Mirror MRO savecedcsssdissscostsscasasstaissepacsisserstesststivocors 172 Mirror image copies Oc TDS600 Productive scanner oo 191 Modify templates Modify templates 197 Move up the jobs in the Scheduled jobs Move up the jobs in the Scheduled jobs 232 Multi copy check print on TDS600 HOW tO euer Introduction N Network connectivity Network connectivity sesesseeseerereeseersereee 22 Network settings on the printer Network settings on the printer 59 New password New password ss 279 Non standard size originals Oc TDS600 Productive scanner 0 175 Non standard sized originals Non standard sized originals c0se 175 Index O Oc Account center Administrator Bookkeeper US ES E ies faveesenytecesncestesdcaitieeteesss Oc Account Console Introduction sessirnir iios 305 Oc Double Decker Pro Oc Double Decker Pro nssssssssssssssesessessesse 349 Oc License Logic Oc License LO gic ss 282 Active licenses cc ccccccccesssesscessesssceseeesseesecssees 290 Oc Power Logic Controller Viewing Toolbar options 264 VIEW error veeseessessesscssessessceecescessessessessesseseenee 266 Oc Power Logic Controller viewing File menu cccccccsscsccescescessessessessesseseeeeseens Help menu Menu options Preference menu ccccccscescessessessessesseseeseeseees 263 VIEW MEDU vs fas cssbcksibecesessssaccesessedees deasbededs eds 263 Oc Print Exec B
207. jobs precede the print jobs in the Scheduled jobs The jobs are printed in the order in which they are present in the Scheduled jobs How to give priority to copy jobs over print jobs 1 Click Preferences in the vertical icon toolbar on the left hand side of the screen 2 Click System defaults Job management Copy priority 3 Check if the Copy priority to set to On Result All jobs that appear in the Scheduled jobs are sorted into print jobs and copy jobs The copy jobs are placed before the print jobs in the Scheduled jobs Therefore the copy jobs get priority over the print jobs 236 Chapter 5 The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application Postpone a job in Scheduled jobs Postpone a job in Scheduled jobs Purpose If you do not yet want to print a job that is in the Scheduled jobs you can postpone the printing process You move the job to the Waiting jobs In this area you can temporarily park jobs from the Scheduled jobs until you want to print them How to postpone jobs in the Scheduled jobs 1 Click Print jobs in the vertical icon toolbar to access the Scheduled jobs 2 Select the job you want to postpone for later use 3 Click to Waiting jobs to remove the job from the Scheduled jobs and move it to the Waiting jobs Result The job is now removed from the Scheduled jobs and moved to the Waiting jobs There you can view or edit
208. k place preferably in its original wrapping Chapter 1 Introduction 45 Climate control on the Oc TDS750 46 Chapter 1 Introduction Chapter 2 Use the Oc TDS750 to print a job Select a language Actions on the printer operator panel Offline settings Select a language Introduction On the operator panel of the Oc TDS750 printer you can specify which language you want to use to display printer information such as status and error messages By default you can choose between two languages defined in the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Con troller application Select a language 1 Press the Online key on the printer operator panel to put the printer offline The message Offline is displayed in the status window Press the left selection key to shift the focus to the Language option A shadow effect is used to indicate that the focus is set to this option Activate the Language option by pressing the right selection key The dotted line around the current selection is changed into an uninterrupted line and the small selection triangles next to the specified language are no longer dimmed Use the Up Down keys to switch between the predefined languages The language specific elements on the display are immediately customized to reflect your language choice Only the indicator for the language itself is in the alternative language This way you always know what your alternative language is Put the
209. l all originals are fed 3 Select Close set with the upper right softkey How to make multiple sets of copies sorted by page 1 Feed the first original face down and right aligned The scanner takes the original 2 Result Define the job settings Select Copy with the upper left softkey The copy job templates appear Open a copy job template with a left softkey The Create set option appears at the upper right corner of the screen Select Create set with the upper right softkey The Cancel set option appears at the upper left corner of the screen The Close set option appears at the upper right corner of the screen Scroll to Collate and define By page with the left softkey This setting is disabled after you press the green start key for the first time Scroll to another setting if necessary select the setting with the left softkey and define the value with the scroll wheel Define the number of copies for the first original if necessary and press the green start key Feed the next original define the enabled settings and the number of copies for this original if necessary and press the green start key Repeat this step until all originals are fed Select Close set with the upper right softkey The Oc TDS750 copies a set of originals sorted by set or by page 94 Chapter 3 Use the Oc TC4 scanner Make a copy with a stamp Make a copy with a stamp Introduction
210. l wheel A small diamond in front of a template indicates the focus of the scroll wheel Select a job template with the scroll wheel key The top 5 settings appear Find a setting with the scroll wheel A small rectangle in front of a setting name indicates the focus of the scroll wheel Select the setting with the scroll wheel key There are several types of settings The behavior of the scanner operator panel and the definition of a setting depends on the type of setting you selected You can select one of the following types of settings a A setting that contains two values only like On or Off Change the value of the setting with the scroll wheel key to change the value of the setting The value and icon changes Chapter 3 Use the Oc TC4 scanner Use the scanner operator panel a A setting that contains a list of values like Lighter darker Open the setting with the scroll wheel key Define the required value with the scroll wheel The value and icon changes Close the setting with the scroll wheel key m A setting that contains a list of settings like Media Focus on a setting with the scroll wheel The bold text of a value indicates the focus of the scroll wheel The icon changes Open the setting with the scroll wheel key The list of values appears Define the required value with the scroll wheel The value and icon changes Close the setting with the scroll wheel key Note You can enter a num
211. le paper ly jam Folding settings 110 grams Output selec Output length Delivery tion Stacker or lt 1 22 m 3 folds Delivered in first fold delivery Belt Stacker or lt 1 22 m 2 folds Delivered on stacker or belt Belt Stacker or Delivered in first fold delivery Belt Stacker or gt 2 5m Unfolded delivered in IRT Belt First fold on lt 2 5 m Delivered in first fold delivery ly First fold on gt 2 5 m Unfolded delivered in IRT y Chapter 9 The finishing options 319 Offline folding Offline folding Introduction An important feature provided by the folder is offline folding You can use the same set tings for offline folding and normal folding Define the default settings for offline folding in the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application or on the printer operator panel in Offline mode Do not fold polyester or transparent media This media can cause media jams Offline folding settings tion Output selec Output length Delivery Stacker or Delivered on stacker or belt Belt Delivered on stacker or belt Stacker or 2m 2 5 m 2 folds Belt Stopped in second fold possible paper jam Stacker or 2m 2 5 m 3 folds Belt Unfolded delivered in Inetgrat ed Receiving Tray Stacker or gt 2 5m Belt First fold only
212. le size Custom Original Copy Optimization File size ae 5can quality i Optimization Destination Scan quality Optimizes for the best image quality The scan resembles the original as close as possible Optimizes for better compression Generally results in a smaller file size Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner 173 Introduction to scan jobs on the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application Scan jobs on the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application Introduction to scan jobs on the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application Please refer to the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application chapter for more information about scan jobs Also see the online help of the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application for more information on this subject 174 Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner Non standard size originals Special copy and scan jobs on the Oc TDS600 scanner Non standard size originals The Oc TDS600 productive scanner of the Oc TDS750 system automatically detects the width of the inserted original Th
213. led jobs Print a job to the Scheduled jobs 2 239 Print jobs Print JODS citsascssascansiverastestasdeveaiseasesedisesiecines 214 Print scanned files Print scanned files cececesseeeeeeeeeseeeeseees 257 Print section Print Sections disessxsccussttessdsccassiasbisacerssise 127 Print the Matrix job Print the Matrix job orisiirisii ieies 198 Print the system settings Print the system settings cse eee 56 Printed jobs Printed JODS sissies inresa 216 Deletesa Job sornes 243 Disable sininu ainin ni 244 Enable or disable the Printed jobs 244 Options BEEN sin loterie Printer BUZZER A nantes 63 Define the media size 375 Define the media type ss 375 SPCCHICAtIONS c sesbeesestsdsasscesesecsoasssiesssscensaseess 404 Printer configuration Printer configuration wo 21 Printer driver Printer driver scssitcsscessessraetansivesevetessaieasseonies The documentation set Printer drivers Printer dtivers scissAcidsisssacecessccvasstsreasvearsoanes 23 Printer keys Printer keys enine AEN 37 Printer operator panel Printer operator panel Administrator settings Clear the set memory Key operator settings Key operator settings key wo 37 Offline menu Options oc eeeeeeeeseee 41 Onlin keys 37 PassWord sssssdsccsnsescsessdesesirtenbesessdboesesedescorsioserad 61 Selection keyser ario 37 Stop key sans aA 37 Up Down Keyrir as 37 Printer operator panel actions Printer o
214. lete a scanned file cc ceeeeeeeeeeee 256 How to enable or disable the Printed jobs How to enable or disable the Printed jobs 244 How to give priority to copy jobs over print jobs How to give priority to copy jobs over print jobs How to handle error messages at the scanner How to handle error messages at the scanner TS 361 Hov to interrupt a running job How to interrupt a running job we 235 How to log on as a different user How to log on as a different user s ses1 s 212 How to make a copy How to make a copy ssesesesssssseseesseseseseeesees 137 How to move up the jobs in the Scheduled jobs How to move up the jobs in the Scheduled jobs How to postpone jobs in the Scheduled jobs How to postpone jobs in the Scheduled jobs How to print a drawing How to print a drawing oo 66 How to print a job from the Printed jobs How to print a job from the Printed jobs 241 How to print a job in Scheduled jobs How to print a job in Scheduled jobs 231 How to print a job to the Scheduled jobs How to print a job to the Scheduled jobs 239 How to print a scanned file How to print a scanned file cceceeeeeees 257 How to scan to file How to scan to file 159 Hov to scan to file using a template How to scan to file using a template 159 How to scan to file with check print How to scan to file with check print 0 0 0 0 165 How to select a stamp Oc TDS600 scanner sisisi 156
215. ll selection and switching Manual Automatic Print manipulation Rotation Auto scaling Positioning Pen management Trailing strip adjustment add up to 400 mm Color modes Oc TC4 scanner only m Black and white m Grayscale STF capability m Color STF capability Quality modes Language sensing Standard file formats Oc TDS600 scanner only m Standard m Lines amp Text m Poster Automatic Language Sensing ALS m Vector HP GL HP GL 2 Calcomp m Raster HP RTL TIFF 6 0 CALS I NIRS C4 ASCII JPEG DWF Cut length m Standard cut m Synchro cut m Custom cut Optional Adobe PostScript 3 PDF printing Appendix A Overview and tables 411 Specifications Oc Scan Logic Specifications Oc Scan Logic Oc TC4 scanner Oc Scan Logic offers you functionality designed to answer your needs for productivity quality and advanced functionality Application Scan jobs workspace part of the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application integrated scanning solution with viewing Scan destinations Maximum of 10 destinations m Scan to the local controller m Scan to a Microsoft Windows network location with Server Message Block SMB m Scan to an internet location with File Transfer Protocol FTP Resolution 72 150 200 300 400 and 600 dpi Supported PDLs TIFF TIFF Multipage PDF A PDF A Multipage CALS Available file orga
216. mary of Oc Account Logic Summary of Oc Account Logic Sections Oc Account Logic has the following three sections a The Copy amp File tab Use this tab to enter account information for copy jobs and scan to file jobs m The Print tab Use this tab to enter account information for print jobs a The Administration window Use this window to define the administrative settings for the application Access to this window is password protected and limited to the application administrator 302 Chapter 8 Accounting software Oc Account Center Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller setup Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller setup Introduction Before you begin to use Oc Account Logic you must do the following a Activate Oc Account Logic by activating the licence in Oc License Logic m Check the correct settings in the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application When you have activated Oc Account Logic the relevant settings in the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application will be set to the correct value Before you begin Before you begin you can check and if necessary modify the correct settings in the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application on the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Con troller application if logged on as a machine administrator i Note Refer to the online help of the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application for information about the settings and the location of
217. mmed mate rial 4 Open the cover on the left hand side see the illustration below Chapter 10 Maintain the Oc TDS750 387 Paper jam in the fuser section During normal use the left hand cover has to be closed This is necessary to ensure proper operation 255 Open the left cover 5 Open the fuser section cover by lifting the cover by the green handle see the illustration below 256 Open the fuser section cover 6 Remove any jammed printing material from the fuser section If the printing material is visible for the manual feed section remove it from the front side of the Oc TDS750 388 Chapter 10 Maintain the Oc TDS750 Paper jam in the fuser section Pull the green knob to release the fuser section cover and close the cover with the help of the green handle 8 Close the covers 9 Turn the printer on again Chapter 10 Maintain the Oc TDS750 389 Paper jam in the manual feed section Paper jam in the manual feed section How to clear a jam in the manual feed section 1 Open the manual feed by tilting it towards you see the illustration below 257 Open manual feeder 2 Remove any jammed printing material Note Li If the material cannot be removed easily you must open the cover of the fusing section to get access to the jammed material Otherwise the OPC drum ma
218. mpensation Set the background compensation ou 145 Set the binding strip Set the binding strip wet eeeeeeeeeeees 316 Set the bold setting Set the bold setting cccccssseeeeseeseeseees 146 Set the drawing method Set the drawing method eee 316 Set the folded package width Set the folded package width wee 316 Set the folded print delivery Set the folded print delivery s ssssss11s110110 316 Set the folding legend Set the folding legend oo 315 Set the folding method Set the folding method wo 316 Set the Lighter darker setting Set the Lighter darker setting cccc 144 Set the original type of your image Oc TDS600 Productive scanner 0 184 Set the reinforcement Set the reinforcement cccceseeseeseseeseeees 317 Set the standard folding settings Set the standard folding settings 0 0 0 0 315 Sets copy S TS COPY ssvessiendscerssosoesestondcstssbdessesuoescvasssisrseoee 93 Setting media type and size Setting media type and size wees 50 Setting special media indication Setting special media indication ce eee 52 Settings Scanner operator panel ccceeeseseeseeseees 132 Sheet feed Oc TDS600 scanner oo eeeeeeeeeeee 150 Shift the image Oc TDS600 Productive scanner 0 190 Ocv TDS600 Productive scanner 0 189 Solutions Scanner error messages oo eee eeeeeeeeeee 361 Solve paper jam HOLMER uses contcssatecovssansesierasserseavordcstusoeses 325 F ser sec
219. n If necessary change the value in the Legend field with the Up Down keys Press the right selection key again to activate the Method option If necessary change the value in the Width field with the Up Down keys Press the left selection key again and use the Up Down keys to select another option This can be Package with optional Length and Width Binding with optional Size and Binding or Special with optional Knife Feed the original at the back of the folder on the input table to start the offline folding job When the job is completed the settings on the printer operator panel return to the default values set in the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application Chapter 2 Use the Oc TDS750 to print a job 49 Media type and size on the printer Media type and size on the printer Introduction One of the features of the Oc TDS750 printer is the automatic media roll selection function This function allows the printer to switch to another roll of the same format and material when the roll or sheet feeder becomes empty during printing Since the Oc TDS750 printer does not detect the loaded media type and format itself you have to specify type and size after you re load media Match media type and media weight as printed on the media box with the corresponding value in the UI If there is no exact matching value select the closest matching value The Oc TDS750 supports both DIN and ANSI media
220. n the safety information from your local Oc representative To avoid potential hazards maintenance is strictly preserved to properly qualified and trained service technicians Contents Contents Chapter 1 Introduction mener aa aa ee 15 The product concept and complete workflow nenne 16 Available documentation ss 18 The Oc TDS750 key concepts 21 User interactions its anaa a a aaa aaea aa eaaa Ea 23 The Oc TDS750 Users nnana naa aaa aaa a a 25 Get to know the Oc TDS750 nn 27 Th Oc TDS750 rsssnsaens sets enctagereemitiqe lesicachtansubeverune ieaiao 27 The Oc TDS750 components ss 28 Turn on and off the Oc TDS750 32 The printer operator panel cccccsssccssscceeceeeeeeeeeeeseeesseeessseeeessneaee 37 Printer operator panel actions 41 Climate control on the Oc TDS750 44 Chapter 2 Use the Oc TDS750 to print a job 47 Actions on the printer operator panel 48 Offline settings ii 48 Selecta language ss einen stieeherseitbent sinon 48 Offline folding settings optional 49 Media type and size on the printer 50 Special media indication 52 Positioning the reinforcement knives optional 53 Stop a print JO rennes 54 Administrator settings 55 Make a demo print sise 55 Print the system settings 56 Access the Administrator only menu 57 Configure t
221. n two ways m Use the left soft keys and the scroll wheel You can use this method if you prefer a general step by step method m Use the scroll wheel and scroll wheel key only You can use this method if you prefer a fast method Note that the scanner operator panel also uses icons to explain a setting The following illustration shows the scanner operator panel For more information about the keys on the scanner operator panel Oc TC4 scanner on page 402 74 Chapter 3 Use the Oc TC4 scanner Use the scanner operator panel Illustration O Scan to tile Ready Single copy 1 Lines text 1 1 Auto roll 9 Double size 200 Auto rol Half size 50 4uto rall l Photo E Photo 11 auto rol Set copy Sort by set Lines text Nederlands System G CECEBGEUE 41 The operator panel Define job settings with the left soft keys and the scroll wheel 1 Select Scan to file with the upper left soft key The five job templates appear 2 Select a job template with one of the left soft keys The top 5 settings appear 3 Find a setting with the scroll wheel A small rectangle in front of a setting name indicates the focus of the scroll wheel 4 Select a setting with the left soft key There are several types of settings The behavior of the scanner operator panel and the definition of a setting depends on the type of settin
222. nations 120 221 246 Unsent scan jobs folder 0 0 120 221 246 Scan destinations on the controller Scan destinations on the controller 119 120 2 2 3 245 246 Scan destinations on the network Scan destinations on the network 119 120 22i 245 246 Scan job view area Scan job view area 119 121 245 247 Scan jobs SCAN PODS se sessssscssvsd anian 220 PRE Rd reine 222 Properties 222 SERA Os sinisiin re 222 VIEW an TT 222 Scan jobs management Scan jobs management oo eee 119 245 Scan jobs tasks Scam fODS ASKS siscitsc ccescsadeisessesbsaiesssassvestsedens 252 Scan jobs workspace Scan jobs workspace wo 119 245 Delete a destination ccccsccsccsscsseseesseeeeesees 248 Local destination sise 248 Lock a destination 248 Network destination 248 Unlock a destination 1 248 Web destination cccccccccccsscesscssssessseeessees 248 Scan logic Scan LOGIE sans instants 22 Scan quality SCAN Quality ssescssasesecvessnisassscoxsessessisvesee 173 358 Scan width Oc TDS600 Productive scanner 000000 176 Scan your Matrix Job originals Scan your Matrix Job originals 0 195 Scan to file Color mode cccccccssssscsscessessessessessesscseeeeseens 112 Compression method ccccceeseseseseseeeteeees 112 Destination 0006 159 Enable Enlargement steps File Mode nee er te Pile p
223. ndsvdveveviuslsstvess Templates Workspaces Workspaces 34m nest 206 X X Offset NO nana nine 101 Y Y Offset N OSE iecsstetatetesestiinviiniiesviesn tet 101 Custom section Custom section ss 126 Index File section File section cccccccscesssessessccssessscesssesscsseeeeaes 126 Original section Original sections 126 Print section Print SECTION serran EROR 126 449 Beyond the Ordinary 20100c Illustrations and specifications do not necessarily apply to products and services offered in each local market Technical specifications are subject to change without prior notice All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners 2010 12 Cus Printing for Professionals Professionals everywhere look to Oc for digital printing and document management In the office Oc systems keep the information of business and government flowing In manufacturing architecture engineering and construction Oc wide format printers set the standard while our display graphics systems help people produce banners billboards and other large colorful applications In corporate print facilities marketing service bureaus and the graphic arts industry Oc systems print transaction documents mailings newspapers manuals and books on demand and at the highest speeds And Oc Business Services manages the complete document workflows of customers
224. ne folding optional Input All the settings except the a Method Special setting are job set m Legend tings that can be set for an individual offline folding Binding job The default values for m Binding these settings are set by the m Reinforce key operator in the Oc Binding TDS750 Power Logic u Edge Controller application a On Off Package a Width a Length Special a Knife Chapter 1 Introduction 41 Printer operator panel actions Secondary menu s Description Roll You can use the Media a Type menu to define the con m Material tents of the media draw m Size er s and or sheet feeder s and the manual feeder Manual m Type m Material m Size Sheets a Type m Material m Size Key operator settings Use the key above the graphical display of the printer operator panel to access the following options Make sure that the printer is put in offline mode first i Note The settings you access via this key are not the same as the key operator settings in the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application Menu Secondary menu s Description Demo print Follow the instructions to print a demo file Print settings Follow the instructions to print a report of the sys tem settings 42 Chapter 1 Introduction Printer operator panel actions Administrator only Service only Secondary menu s Network settings adapter Activate deactivate pass word
225. ne is displayed in the status window Press the left selection key to shift the focus to the Media option A shadow effect is used to indicate that the focus is set to this option Use the Up Down keys to select the Manual option 4 Press the right selection key to activate the Mat Material option The dotted line around the current selection is changed into an uninterrupted line and the small selection triangles next to the specified material are no longer dimmed Use the Up Down keys to select the material you just loaded Press the Online key to put the printer online again The printer now knows which ma terial is used by the manual feeder Set media size 1 Press the Online key on the printer operator panel to put the printer offline The message Offline is displayed in the status window Press the left selection key to shift the focus to the Media option A shadow effect is used to indicate that the focus is set to this option Use the Up Down keys to select the roll or sheet feeder for which you have just loaded new media Press the right selection key to activate the Size option The dotted line around the current selection is changed into an uninterrupted line and the small selection triangles next to the specified size are no longer dimmed Use the Up Down keys to select the size for the media you just loaded The printer shows both DIN and ANSI sizes Select a size from the correct format Press the Online key to
226. ner 187 Auto align 1 1 Open the Layout card in the Copy section y PY Custom Original File Stamping Vertioak Leading 0 0 Image 0 0 Horizontal Trailing Layout Finishing oo ie CRE Alignment Shift Add strip r Sheet 147 Automatic shift with the Align function 2 Press the Align function key and select a horizontal alignment value Left Center or Right with the arrow keys 3 Press the Align function key again and select a vertical alignment value Top Center or Bottom with the arrow keys Note i If you select Center make sure the original width is specified as follows Selecting Non standard scan size on page 176 m Standard if a standard sized original is used a The exact original width numeric if a non standard sized original is used 4 Feed your original Note i You must switch on standard cut length to get output like the one in the example of the illustration above If Synchro cut length has been switched on the result will be as illus trated below the media is cut at the edge of the printed image aA 1 2 3 aA aA a 4 5 6 a a aA 7 8 9 In Shift the image on page 189 you can read how to define the exact place of your
227. ng cards Stamping optional m Image m Layout a Finishing m Sheet goin On Stamping i Vertical f Image Top Layout Horizontal Finishing tate 0 0 a 0 0 sabe amen po O Sheet 99 Print section File section The File section contains all settings for the scan to file output the file The File section is only available if you have the scan to file option installed The settings are divided over the following cards a Optimization m Image m Destination Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner 127 Sections on the scanner operator panel Custom Original Copy 200 dpi 300 dpi Optimization 0n controller 400 dpi CALS Destination Resolution File type TIFF Destination subformat 100 File section Image 128 Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner Scanner templates Scanner templates A scanner template contains all the settings for a job You can use a scanner template to store your favorite settings For example
228. nives regularly If you clean the reinforcement knives you must put the knives in such a position that you have access to all the parts You are recommended to clean the knives when m You install a new tape roll Ynsert a new tape roll on page 333 or m When an error in the reinforcement unit has occurred Caution Use only the original Cleaner K and Fixing Unit Cleaning Oil silicon oil from Oc to prevent damage to the reinforcement unit Clean the reinforcement knives Py Press the Online key on the printer operator panel to put the printer offline Select Folding with the left selection key Press the down key to enter the Folding menu Select Clean knife with the left or right key Note When a job is running the message Job interrupted appears The machine stops running after it has correctly finished the prints that were already printing The focus can now be set to the Folding menu A picture of the printer appears on the display with the side door of the reinforcement unit blinking Press the down key to put the reinforcement unit knives in the correct position Open the side door of the reinforcement unit Chapter 9 The finishing options 343 Clean the reinforcement knives 7 Clean the upper and lower knife using Cleaner K 216 Oiling the felt 9 Close the side door of the reinforcement unit The knives are automatically put back in their
229. nnsenaio eiaa 199 Copy with added filing strips along the leading and trailing strip Copy with added filing strips along the leading and trailing Stel py sss ssssstsess sdssss seseteadsetessdateidvesesese s 180 Copy with removed filing strips along the leading and trailing strip Copy with removed filing strips along the leading and trailing Strip i ssssscs soiensessesesesesssossieaisouevs 180 Copying with removed filing strip along the left hand side Copying with removed filing strip along the left hand side sisi 179 Copying with removed filing strip along the right hand side Copying with removed filing strip along the right Raid 61d eins a nm 179 Counter C OTET E crane TA 40 Create a local destination Create a local destination cccccccceseeeeeeees 248 Create a Matrix Job 436 Create a Matrix Job ssssssssesssesesesesessseseseeses 195 Create a network destination with SMB Create a network destination with SMB 249 Create a web destination with FTP Create a web destination with FTP 249 Create and submit a job in Oc Print Exec Basic Create and submit a job in Oc Print Exec Basic ti asian iii 69 Custom CUSTOM MEAE 170 Custom section Custom section ccceccccsecssesseseesseseesecssceecerees 126 Cut sheet CL SRE res 97 Cut sheet material Cut sheet material cccccceccessceseeesseeeeeeees 373 D Deactivate Password niet insultes 61 Default settings Default sett
230. nt of the scanner to position 1 The green LED turns on The message Ready to scan appears 2 Set the On Off switch at the front of the scanner to position o 36 Chapter 1 Introduction The printer operator panel The printer operator panel Introduction The printer operator panel consists of a number of keys and a graphical display At the top of the panel you will find an attention light that starts to flash when operator inter vention is required If enabled you will also hear a buzzer to alert you if operator inter vention is needed Ready ta print 2 1 Ad Fap 64 q 2 Al Pap 110g Gs 42 Film G4 as Film4 smil Eli A4 Transp a El Pap 64 g l El Vellur ike Pap 110g e gy Lg 20 Printer operator panel The keys With the keys on the operator panel you can make a number of settings for the Oc TDS750 printer such as the media type and size or preferred language The following keys are available Chapter 1 Introduction 37 The printer operator panel 38 Key types Chapter 1 Introduction Function This key gives access to a number of printer related op tions a Demo print m Print settings a Administrator only a Service only This key situated to the right of the graphical display is used to display the next or previous option from the selected menu choice and to
231. nts a check print for a scan to file job The check print represents the quality of the scanned document You can make multiple check prints with one scan Note This setting cannot be used for scan to file jobs with color Chapter 3 Use the Oc TC4 scanner 111 File type File type Depending on the color mode and file type you select the values for the compression mode and organization will change For some file types the Compression and Organization settings cannot be set in all situations With the Scan to Multipage functionality it is possible to scan multiple originals into a unique multipage file Color mode Grayscale Color mode File type Compression Organization Grayscale TIFF TIFF a None m Raw Multipage m Packbits a Tiled 9 a LZW m Striped D PDF A PDF A m None Not available Multipage a JPEG Quality m Maximum a High Medium a Low m Flate Not available Quality a Maximum a High Medium a Low 112 Chapter 3 Use the Oc TC4 scanner File type Color mode Black and White Color mode File type Compression Organization Black amp white TIFF TIFF None a Raw Multipage Group 3 a Tiled Group 4 a Striped Packbits J D PDF A PDF A m Not available Multipage Not available Not available Color mode Color Color mode File type Compression Organization TIFF
232. number of accounting fields m Delete an accounting dialog Please note that this action cannot be reversed m Edit an accounting dialog You can change the type of ac counting field m Change the order of the accounting field in the list Make a preview of the accounting dialog to test the validity Publish the accounting dialog Make the accounting dialog available to external applications Values section m Create values for each accounting field m Add values for each accounting field You add existing values to an accounting field m Delete values for each accounting field Please note that this action cannot be reversed Edit values for the selected accounting field Move the selected value up or down in the list Sort A Z Use this option to organize the list in ascending order a Sort Z A Use this option to organize the list in descending order 306 Chapter 8 Accounting software Oc Account Center Summary of Oc Account Console Part Description The Devices tab Devices section Create Use this option to create a new device Delete Use this option to remove the device The log data for the device is removed as well Please note that this action cannot be reversed Edit Use this option to change the values for a device Delete log data Use this option to remove log data of a device m Upgrade Use this option to upgrade Oc Account Logic Tasks sec
233. o file The scan to file jobs that you create on the Oc TDS750 scanner appear in the Scan jobs workspace in the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application The Scan jobs workspace is divided in three areas that manage the complete scan jobs workflow m 1 Scan destinations on the controller Define and manage the local scan destinations m 2 Scan destinations on the network Define and manage the remote scan destina tions m 3 Scan jobs view area View scanned documents or view or edit the properties of a scanned document 220 Chapter 5 The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application Concepts of the Scan jobs and the Scan destinations Illustration TDS750 Power Logic Controller Fite Edit View System Job Scan Logon Help emote cestinanons al SSB Bi RR O Bs Bo R j Scan destinations on the controller In this area of the workspace you find the default destination of the scan jobs By default all the scan jobs are stored on the controller The default scan job destination cannot be deleted Use the toolbar at the top of the Scan jobs workspace to create edit and delete the local Scan destinations on the controller The Scan destinations area also gives access to the Unsent scan jobs folder These jobs must go to a remote destination but cannot be delivered The jobs are temporarily stored in the Unsent scans folder on the controller Scan d
234. obs 103 Do a basic scan to file job 105 Do an extended scan to file job 106 Stop a scan to file job 108 Scan to multipage is 109 Extended scan to file jobs 110 Available settings for scan to file jobs 110 ENS DA oE sine le ns sasbanadd enced cenddecencaesesboans 112 Resolution cccsccsesesesncnseceeceeeeeceeeeeeeeeesseessseeseeeesaueneeauseesseeeeeeess 114 Original type and background compensation 115 Original AT UE Re naana aE aN 116 REMOVE SID darina eenaa aaa aiaei eroaa at aS 117 Ch ckprinf sconna aaaea aa aa aaa KEA 118 Scan jobs on the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application 119 Scan jobs management ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeseaeeceeeeeeesneeeeeees 119 Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner 123 The scanner operator panel ss 124 Sections on the scanner operator panel 126 Scanner TEMPlAteSiccdete des ceedateesiendiniuredindevssesadestsncbe aa ere teste 129 Contents Change the operator panel language on the scanner 131 Settings on the scanner operator panel 132 Basic copy jobs on the Oc TDS600 scanner 134 Introduction to copy jobs 134 Perform basic copy jobs Vs 136 Mak COPIE Susaniin naina aai a iaaa tunes tee ianss 137 Select the required media 139 Select the input mode iennnrenrererns 141 Select the scale factor 142 Lighter darker 5essaneniurs ten aa aaa iiaae 144 Background compensation
235. odified by another user This is done by locking and unlocking a destination Illustration Name New Dest 2 r Destination Type On controller System Username Password Path TSSCAN Browse File naming Base name DEST HHH 4 Add the appropriate file extension Start value for 1 Encoding ascis Shi us Cancel Create a local destination 1 Click the Scan jobs icon in the vertical icon toolbar 2 Select the On controller area in the Scan jobs workspace 3 Open the File menu and select New or click the New button in the toolbar A sec ondary window appears in which you can define the properties of the new local destination 248 Chapter 5 The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application Manage scan destinations in the Scan jobs workspace Enter a logical name for the destination in the Name text box This logical name also appears on the scanner operator panel Select On controller from the Type drop down list box Enter a path of the target folder in the Path text box You can also click the Browse button to select the path Click OK to accept the destination properties Create a network destination with SMB 1 Create a shared folder on a workstation For example c Scan DS In the Scan jobs area open the
236. of an extended copy job are described below m Feed the original m Define the job settings m Press the green start key Before you begin If you must enter the same value for a setting very often you can set this value as the de fault value for that setting in the Scan jobs workspace in the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application Using scan templates makes the process of defining job settings much easier because you can set a group of predefined settings for frequent use After you press the start key the scanner operator panel always shows the job number and status of the job A copy job appears temporarily in the Scheduled jobs of the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application a scan to file job appears in the selected destination of the Scan jobs How to copy on the Oc TDS750 1 Place your original face down right aligned along the original guide Keep the legend at your right hand side The scanner takes the original 2 Define the job settings Home ll Create set E Single copy 1 Ready 2 4 Original type A Le Scale R 4 43 3 Media 4 51 41 Plain Paper 759 Lighter darker E 4 Remove strip fe Defaults To top 44 The top 5 settings of a copy job template Chapter 3 Use the Oc TC4 scanner 83 Do an extended copy job m Select Copy with the upper left sof
237. oft NetBIOS over Enabled Link Speed Duplex Mode Auto Detect TCPAP IPv6 Edit Ire Disabled E en a SS SR ROBE 230 Chapter 5 The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application Print a job in the Scheduled jobs Job management in the Scheduled jobs Print a job in the Scheduled jobs Introduction When a user sends a print job to the Oc TDS750 the job appears in the Print jobs workspace You can set the print job destination in the print job to determine if the job goes directly to the Scheduled jobs or if the job goes to the Waiting jobs Before you begin Create a print job on a networked workstation and use the printer driver or the job sub mission software to send the job to the Oc TDS750 Make sure you have sufficient permissions when you log on to the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application Anonymous view print jobs Repro operator view and manage print jobs Key operator view and manage print jobs System administrator view print jobs Note The workflow setting of Scheduled jobs might send all the jobs to Waiting jobs This setting does not overrule the print job destination of the print job when it is set in the print job submission tool If this is the case you must find the print job in Waiting jobs and print the job from there to Scheduled jobs How to print a job in Scheduled jobs 1 Click Print jobs in t
238. ogies B V For the attention of ITC User Documentation P O Box 101 5900 MA Venlo The Netherlands Send your comments by E mail to itc userdoc oce com For the addresses of local Oc organisations see http www oce com Appendix B Miscellaneous 429 Addresses of local Oc organisations Addresses of local Oc organisations Oc Australia Ltd P O Box 363 Ferntree Gully MDC Vic 3165 Australia http www oce com au Oc Osterreich GmbH Postfach 95 1233 Vienna Wienerbergstrasse 11 Vienna Twin Tower 1100 Vienna Austria http www oce at Oc Belgium N V S A J Bordetlaan 32 1140 Brussel Belgium http www oce be Oc Brasil Com rcio e Industria Ltda Av das Na es Unidas 11 857 Brooklin Novo Sao Paulo SP 04578 000 Brazil http www oce brasil com br Oc Canada Inc 4711 Yonge Street Suite 1100 Toronto Ontario M2N 6K8 Canada http www oce ca Oc Office Equipment Shanghai First Shanghai Center Phase I Building 4 Lane 180 Zhangheng Road Pudong District Shanghai 201204 P R China http www oce com cn Oc Czech Republic Itd Babick 2329 2 149 00 Praha 4 Oc Danmark a s Vallensb kvej 45 2605 Brondby http www oce fi Czech Republic Denmark http www oce cz http www oce dk Oc Finland OY Oc France S A Niittyrinne 7 32 Avenue du Pav Neuf 02270 Espoo 93882 Noisy le grand Cedex Finland France http
239. on View locally scanned files View files on the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller View locally scanned files Introduction You can automatically view a file after scanning or you can view a locally stored scanned file You can configure the settings in such a way that the scanned file is opened automat ically Purpose Check the quality of the scanned file before you print or archive the scanned file i Note It is not possible to view scanned files that are stored at a remote location You cannot use Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller Remote to view scanned files How to view a file automatically after scanning 1 Open the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application 2 Open the System menu and select Autoview Result When you scan to file the next time the viewing screen will start up a secondary window and show the scanned file If the Autoview function is not enabled you can use the view button in the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application to open the secondary window manually The procedure below describes this action in detail How to view a locally stored scanned file 1 Access the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application 2 Click Scan jobs in the vertical icon toolbar on the left hand side of the screen 3 Select a local destination 4 Select a scanned file in the right hand section of the workspace Chapter 5 The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application 261
240. on m Multiple sheets Number of copies Other operating functions Image quality Image editing 1 999 scan once print many Concurrent scanning and printing a Scan to file Black amp White a Pre programming of next job m Programmable scanner templates m Programmable custom card a Automatic roll selection a Automatic reduction enlargement m Standard cut synchro cut and custom cut modes m Leading and trailing strip adjustment up to 400 mm a Two languages available on scanner operator panel Original type selection Original types for the scanner on page 416 m Bold enhancement of fine lines a Brightness lighter darker a Automatic Background compensation m Image align Horizontal left middle right m Image align Vertical top center bottom m Image shift horizontal vertical m Image mirroring Voltage 230 V Frequency 50 60 Hz Power consump tion In operation lt 200 W Standby lt 12 W Dimensions mw Width 1 314 mm 52 m Depth 583 mm 23 m Height 1 353 mm 53 3 Weight 90 Kg 199 lbs Safety approvals TuV GS CETECOM CE UL c UL CB FCC Appendix A Overview and tables 409 Specifications Oc Power Logic Controller Specifications Oc Power Logic Controller Oc Power Logic Controller hardware Platform Oc controller with Windows XP embedded Memory 2 Gb Hard disk capacity 2 x 250 Gb Two high
241. on Increase the size of the media trays for large media 8 Tray selection lever Select the tray manually Side cover handle Access the inside to remove jammed media Top cover handle Access the inside to remove jammed media Top cover lever Close the top cover The top cover lever only appears when the top cover is open Chapter 9 The finishing options 351 Product specifications Product specifications Stack capacity The stack capacity depends on the media type The numbers of sheets in the following table apply to the Engineering Bond 20 lbs and Plain Paper 75 g m media with a same size The Oc Double decker Pro stacks other media types with a lower capacity and a lower stack accuracy The stack capacity of the Oc Double decker Pro Number of sheets Engineering Bond 20 Ibs and Plain Paper 75 g m Upper tray Approximate 750 Lower tray Approximate 750 Supported media types The Oc Double decker Pro supports the same media that is described in the documen tation of the Oc TDS750 with the following exception You cannot use polyester film if you use the Oc Double decker Pro with the Oc TDS750 352 Chapter 9 The finishing options How to set the media separation method Make the settings for the Oc Double Decker Pro How to set the media separation method Introduction You can set one of the following media separation settings in the Preferences workspace of the Oc
242. on at the bottom of the vertical icon toolbar A secondary window appears on top of the window of the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application Please note that when you click the screen in the background the smaller screen with Oc Matrix Logic disappears to the background Minimize the screen in the foreground to retrieve the Oc Matrix Logic screen m Access the three tabs to compose a matrix job select a copy template and monitor the pending jobs queue 194 Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner Create a Matrix Job Create a Matrix Job Introduction The Matrix composition tab allows you to perform the following tasks set Job Level parameters User name User ID Job name Account ID view a list of the originals up to 100 originals per job remove originals from the job add delete and manage predefined Copy templates to apply to the Matrix job change settings to applied Copy templates select banners initiate the Matrix job printing Access Oc Matrix Logic 1 Select Oc Matrix Logic from the vertical icon toolbar in the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application 2 Click the Matrix composition tab where the set of scanned originals is displayed Prepare the Matrix job 1 Fillin the User namer and Job name fields User ID and Account ID are optional Note Li If your Oc TDS750 system has Oc Account Logic activated then the User ID and Accoun
243. on to the same destination or to another destination How to send scanned files from the Unsent scans folder to the same destination or to another destination 1 Click Scan jobs in the vertical icon toolbar on the left hand side of the screen 2 Select the Unsent scans folder 3 Select a scanned file and click Resend in the toolbar or click Send to and select a new destination from the list of remote destinations 4 The document will be resent from the Unsent folder to its initial destination or to the selected destination Result If the destination cannot be reached the scanned file remains in the Unsent scans folder 258 Chapter 5 The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application How to retrieve scanned files via FTP How to retrieve scanned files via FTP Introduction The scanned files are stored in the logging directory of the controller You can retrieve your files from the local host via File Transfer Protocol FTP FTP retrieval can be done in the following ways m Via an internet browser a Via an FTP application or m Via a command line prompt When you scan to file your files will be stored in the destination you set This can be on the local controller 1 or on a remote system 2 You can retrieve your files from the local host via File Transfer Protocol FTP You can also retrieve your files from the local host if something goes wrong while scanning to a remote destination
244. onsumption when the system switches to sleep mode 32 Chapter 1 Introduction Turn on and off the Oc TDS750 Part Description Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller Use the On Off key at the front of the printer to turn on and off the controller that is located inside the printer When the controlller is on Press the key only once and wait 30 60 seconds The green LED of the key turns off to indicate that the controller is turned off Keep the key pressed for 4 seconds to immediately turn off the controller When the controller is off Press the key only once to start up the controller The green LED is turned on when you press the key You can also shut down the controller in the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application Access the System menu in the top toolbar to do so i Note Use the power key at the front of the controller when the controller is not placed in the printer but in a separate con sole Illustration 16 On off switch at the rear of the printer Chapter 1 Introduction 33 Turn on and off the Oc TDS750 Turn on and off the printer 1 Set the On Off switch at the rear of the printer to position 1 The green LED turns on The message Ready to print appears on the printer operator panel i Note You must separately switch on the controller via the button at the front of the printer 2 Set the On Off
245. opy emplate Library 5 Hattsize Reduces to 50 E Double size Enlarges by 200 Media Lighteridarker o Leading 0mm Trailing 0mm al S a on 226 Chapter 5 The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application Concept of the Preferences workspace Concept of the Preferences workspace Definition The Preferences workspace allows you to define a number of overall workflow and system settings that manage the behavior of the Oc TDS750 These settings are usually set during the installation and are not changed often after installation The Preferences workspace consists of the following groups of settings Note Li Only the key operator has all rights to access and changes the settings in this workspace Group Description Print job defaults Allows you to predefine the values for the print job settings System defaults Allows you to predefine the values for the settings that manage the functioning of the entire system Contact details Regional settings Job management settings Sleep mode timer setting Enable sleep mode setting Printer settings Scanner settings Memory settings Scan cleanup settings Logging setting Pens settings Allows you to predefine the pen settings for a maximum of 1000 pens Finishing settings op Allows you to predefine the settings for the Oc D
246. opy job Determine the priority of your copy job with the Job interrupt key before you scan your originals The job is placed on top of the Scheduled jobs in the Power Logic Controller application The interrupt job will start running directly after the current page is complet ed No new job is sent to the printer Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner 125 Sections on the scanner operator panel Sections on the scanner operator panel Information in the scanner operator panel When the scanner templates are not active on the system the scanner operator panel displays the following sections with an active Custom section a The Custom section which provides direct access to frequently used settings defined by the customer a The Original section which provides access to the settings of the scanner input the original m The Print section which provides access to the settings of the printer output the print m The File section which provides access to the settings of the scan to file output the file Custom section The Custom section contains the frequently used settings The illustration below shows an example with the following settings Original type Scale Media Remove strip Scanning job tetes sacan done File scan022 tif Original Copy Custom Matrix Logic Po 000 ii Multiple sheets 1 1 et Scale table
247. opy How to copy to another media size 1 Place the first original face down and right aligned Make sure that you feed the original portrait The scanner takes the original 2 Define the job settings A3 67 Example of a Scale icon m Select Copy with the upper left softkey The copy job templates appear m Open a copy job template with a left softkey The top 5 settings display m Scroll to Scale and open this setting with the left softkey The To fit and the Custom setting appear m Define the media format at the To fit setting with the scroll wheel 3 Define the number of copies and press the green start key Result The Oc TDS750 copies to another media size 96 Chapter 3 Use the Oc TC4 scanner Make a copy on a cut sheet Make a copy on a cut sheet Introduction You can copy on cut sheet media if the required media type or size is not available on the media rolls or in a cut sheet tray of the printer How to copy on a cut sheet 1 Place the original face down and right aligned The scanner takes the original 2 Define the job settings 68 Example of a Size icon m Select Copy with the upper left soft key The copy job templates appear m Open a copy job template with a left soft key The top 5 settings appear m Scroll to Media and open this setting with the left soft key The Feed setting appears a Define Manual at the Feed setting with the scroll wheel The settin
248. ortened up to 100 mm Illustration 138 Example of adjusting the left hand side of an original 178 Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner Scanning originals with filing strip Make a copy with removed filing strip along the left hand side 1 Press the handle underneath the original guide and move it to the right P na A U 139 Adjusting the original guide to add or remove a filing strip along the left hand side 2 Make all required settings 3 Insert the original face down right aligned with the original guide on the original feed table Illustration Original 36 0 110 Non standard Standard oe Standard Sunchro JOIN Media sizes Remove strip Scan width Scan length Feeding 140 Example of removing the right hand side of an original Make a copy with removed filing strip along the right hand side 1 Select the required media in the Custom section on the operator panel 2 Select the 100 value for the Scale function 3 Make other settings as required 4 Feed the original Chapter 4 Use t
249. ouble tional Decker Pro Finishing Folder set Allows you to predefine the settings for the folder tings optional Chapter 5 The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application 227 Concept of the Preferences workspace Illustration TDS750 Power Logic Controller File Edit View System Job Scan Logon Help System defaults Pantjobdetaulis Pen setings Contact In case of error call Regional settings First language Second language Keyboard layout Measurement unit Media sizes Datestime Date format Time format Job management Copy priority Printjobs F jot Enable Printed jobs Job lifetime Maximum number ofjobs Sleep mode timer Sleep mode time out Enable sleep mode Sleep mode LE UK English Dutch US International Metric DIN 2010 09 21 09 14 27 DDSMMIYYYY 24H LE on Always to Waiting jobs On 30 Edit 30 min Eat Enabled F a SSB Ki R Bs Os Bs Re D 5 228 Chapter 5 The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application Concept of the Configuration workspace Concept of the Configuration workspace Definition The Configuration workspace allows you to define a number of network and connectiv ity settings that manage the Oc TDS750 In this workspace you also define the printer protocols and the PDL settings These settings are usually set during the installation and are not changed often after install
250. owing way m An interrupt job can be canceled in Scheduled jobs area a An interrupt job can be put on hold An interrupt job will lose its priority position in the list when put on hold m When there are more interrupt jobs an interrupt job can be moved to the top of the Scheduled jobs Interruption is active Press START to close set Custom LAO Paper Sie Al Paper Matrix Logic 000 ii A2 Paper ultiple sheets 11 4 A1 Paper i t i Scale table SFile fli A3 Transp 2 12 Transp Automatic ngle sheet Automatic Copy ee cram eue 124 Feedback on the scanner panel display when Job interrupt is selected Interrupt a copy job 1 Press the Job interrupt key on the scanner operator panel The printer interrupts the active job and stops after the current page is printed The Scheduled jobs area in the Power Logic Controller application displays the interrupt job in the list at the active job position The Scheduled jobs area marks the interrupted job with an icon The Scheduled jobs area also marks the interrupt job with an icon The Scheduled jobs area changes the Exit interrupt button from gray to colored and changes this button to the active condition Make copies Make copies on page 137 Press the Job interrupt key again to do another interrupt job Press the Exit interrupt button in the Scheduled jobs area to continue with the inte
251. p to 100 documents on the Oc Power Logic Controller You can then apply 2 to 30 different templates to that set The result is that the output from the one set of scanned originals can be printed out up to 30 different ways Workflow i Here are the steps to follow to compose and print a matrix job Note Some steps are mandatory whereas others are only optional as mentioned below Access Oc Matrix Logic Scan a Matrix Job Create a template optional Define settings for the template optional Save the template optional Modify existing templates optional Compose an Oc Matrix Logic Job Add templates Add banners Print Reprint Workflow Matrix jobs Step Action Location Templates are applied to the scan job 3 The Matrix copy jobs are sent to the Controller printer Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner 193 What is Oc Matrix Logic Step Action Dore ET Location Access to Oc Matrix Logic Provided you have a valid license Oc Matrix Logic can be accessed from the vertical icon toolbar in the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application i Note Oc Matrix Logic cannot be accessed via Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller Re mote You need a monitor keyboard and mouse connected to the controller to work with the software Actions to access Oc Matrix Logic m Access the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application m Click the Oc Matrix Logic ic
252. p is not available Install a new reinforcement strip 1 Press the Online key on the operator panel to put the printer offline 2 Open the side door of the reinforcement unit 3 Check for loose reinforcement strips in the unit with the protection sheet on see situation B in the figure 221 Situation A No mechanical error Situation B Mechanical error 4 If there are remove the tape strips in the reinforcement unit 222 Removing the tape Chapter 9 The finishing options 347 No reinforcement strips on the output i Note If the protection sheet is not on the reinforcement strip there is no mechanical error You must insert a new tape roll Insert a new tape roll on page 333 If this error occurs frequently you must call your Oc representative 5 Remove all tape between the rollers and the knives 6 Install a new trailing strip of tape between the rollers and the knives 348 Chapter 9 The finishing options The functions of the Oc Double Decker Pro Get to know the Oc Double Decker Pro The functions of the Oc Double Decker Pro Introduction The Oc Double Decker Pro is an optional finishing module for the Oc TDS750 to stack high volume output in an efficient and productive manner This section describes the components product specifications and how to make the settings for the Oc Double Decker Pro For more information please refer to the online help of the Oc TDS7
253. perator panel actions cccceeeeees 41 Printer settings Selecting language unis 48 Setting a special media indication 50 52 Setting media type and Size wee 50 Stop asprin jobert meee 54 Productive scanner Automate feed s assessment 148 COPY JOS sess niis sieyra 134 R Re print a job in the Printed jobs Re print a job in the Printed jobs 0 0 0 241 Refill the toner Refill the toner ss 376 Reinforcement knives 443 Oilthe felt vss sssdsisisdedsessessdieceadsacsdsdissssieseese 343 Reinforcement unit cccccceseessseseeesseeseeeees 343 Reinforcement strip Reinforcement unit cccccccescessseseesseeseeees 347 Reinforcement unit Reinforcement unit ccseseseseseeeeee Install reinforcement strip Reinforcement knives Tape Jain sisi Tapeiollssssm anse Waste box sistema Remote access Power Logic Controller 0 271 Remote destinations Remote destinations cc ccceseeeeeees 120 246 Remote Logic Install on Windows ccccccccscessesscesseesseeseeees 269 Remote Logic Command line parameters Remote Logic Command line parameters 271 Remote Logic Install UNIX Remote Logic Install UNIX wo eee 269 Remote scan job destinations Remote scan job destinations 120 221 246 Remove an empty tape roll Remove an empty tape roll wee 333 Remove strip Leading nan aimons 117 Debt EEE E hi rentes 117 BE arna R EN 117 EAU G nain d online 117 Replace
254. plate m Define or modify settings m Save the changes Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner 199 Edit template Edit template Create a new template 1 Click Create in the toolbar on the left hand side of the Copy template tab A default name is added in the template list 2 Rename the template 3 Press Enter to validate 4 Define the settings to apply to the template 5 Click Save Successful saving is confirmed with a message Note i Ifyou exit the tab without saving the changes in the template a message asks you whether you want to save discard or cancel the template Edit the settings 1 Select a template in the list 2 Select the setting to define or modify The setting is displayed in the Edit zone 3 Select the value to apply to the setting from the scrolling list 4 Repeat steps 2 amp 3 with all the settings to edit 5 Click Save Delete a template 1 Select a template in the list 2 Click Delete in the toolbar 3 Save Save changes 1 Whatever the changes you apply to the template delete create edit settings you need to save the changes 2 Click Save to confirm the changes 200 Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner Banners Banners Introduction Banners are extra informative pages added to a job They list a number of attributes that are set in the Banner Selection Page company name logo Define a banner 1 From the Ma
255. print You can collect your output Your printed copy will be delivered on the selected output unit of the printer By default the print is sent to the integrated receiving tray 138 Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner Select the required media Select the required media Introduction The Media setting can be used to select the output material and format The printer operator panel will show you what rolls or sheet feeders are currently loaded The currently selected roll or sheet feeder is indicated with a bullet symbol If you select Automatic the Oc TDS750 will try to use a roll or sheet feeder format that matches the original size After inserting the original the roll or sheet feeder that is used is indicated by a bullet symbol The bullet symbol remains in place until a new original is inserted Then it may move to indicate another roll or sheet feeder depending on the original format First select the media sizes then select one of the sizes The scale factor is based on the selected media size i Note You can also select the desired media from the Custom section if this setting is defined for the Custom section in the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application
256. printer 13 printer with 3 drawer configuration 6 rolls with one cut sheet tray The Oc TDS750 printer incorporates two rolls and a cut sheet tray with the ability to upgrade up to a 6 roll configuration with cut sheet tray The printer delivers your jobs on the integrated receiving tray on top of the printer You can buy the following optional devices a roll loader a copy delivery tray a folder to fold the output first fold second fold a reinforcement unit to add a reinforcement strip to the folded output a belt unit an Oc Double Decker Pro Chapter 1 Introduction 29 The Oc TDS750 components The Oc TC4 scanner 14 Oc TC4 scanner Use the Oc TDS750 TC4 scanner to make copy or scan to file jobs in colour greyscales or black and white The Oc TDS600 scanner 15 Oc TDS600 scanner Use theOc TDS600 scanner to make copy or scan to file jobs in monochrome The optional original delivery tray enables stacking of originals behind the scanner The original delivery tray is available as an optional device for the Oc TDS750 The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller is the heart of the system and controls all the activities of the system In a standard configuration the controller is located inside the 30 Chapter 1 Introduction The Oc TDS750 components printer You can access
257. printer online again by pressing the Online key The printer now uses the selected language 48 Chapter 2 Use the Oc TDS750 to print a job Offline folding settings optional Offline folding settings optional Introduction The default values for offline folding are set in the Oc TDS7 50 Power Logic Controller application by the key operator You can change these default values for an offline folding job on the printer operator panel The settings include defining the length and width of the folded package enabling and defining the binding edge selecting the input method and legend position and cleaning the reinforcement knife After the folding job is com pleted the adjusted values return to their defaults Illustration Ready to print whe Taal Folding Input Method Media Ron 1 i Legend 21 Set offline folding Make offline folding settings 1 CN AM A wW Result Press the Online key on the printer operator panel to put the printer offline The message Offline is displayed in the status window Activate the Folding option by pressing the left selection key The dotted line around the current selection is changed into an uninterrupted line and the small selection triangles next to the specified option are no longer dimmed Use the Up Down keys to switch between the available options Activate the Input option and press the right selection key to activate the Legend optio
258. pt a job Interrupt a Jobsin iiias 153 Invert the image Productive scanner ss 191 ISO media series ISO media series 424 J Japan support Japan SUPPONT ss iscsssieveestssacotsiessttsrsrstensestureresse 21 Job history Properties Printed jobs s ssssssssssssssessesessseee 219 Job interrupt Job interrupt ss 132 153 Job interrupt key Job interrupt key ss 124 Job interruption Job interruption ss 235 Job management Job management 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeees 237 Copy JOD Prloritys csccssssesscesesecsoassssossessoveassess 236 Delete a job in the Printed jobs 243 Delete a job in the Scheduled jobs 234 Delete a job in the Waiting jobs 0 0 0 240 Hold a job in the Scheduled jobs 0 235 Printia JOD aansien 231 Print to the Scheduled jobs oo eee 239 View a job in the Printed jobs ww 242 View a job in the Scheduled jobs 0 0 233 View a job in the Waiting jobs 0 238 Job recovery JOD LECOVEEY lt scssesessssiasesssssianvestesseengnsnsies visesies 22 Job templates Scansto file sesesessossevesensedsssesescssesseosonseabosesicess 103 Jobs in Scheduled jobs Moye nPar m E EEE 232 K Key operator Key operator aisisissiionnsaiise 26 213 277 Key operator settings Printer operator panel 42 Key operator settings printer operator panel Key operator settings printer operator panel 55 5 Keys Correction ccceeceeeeeee Printer operator panel S lection ke
259. put the printer online again The printer now knows which media size is used for the specified roll or sheet feeder Chapter 2 Use the Oc TDS750 to print a job 51 Special media indication Special media indication Introduction On the Oc TDS750 printer you can attach a special indication exclamation mark to a roll or sheet feeder which uses special media such as colored paper This indication is used to identify the roll or cut sheet tray to the printer For this roll or cut sheet tray the automatic media change option is disabled Set a special media indication 1 Press the Online key on the printer operator panel to put the printer offline The message Offline is displayed in the status window Press the left selection key to shift the focus to the Media option A shadow effect is used to indicate that the focus is set to this option Use the Up Down keys to select the roll or cut sheet tray for which you have just loaded special media Press the right selection key to activate the Type option The dotted line around the current selection is changed into an uninterrupted line and the small selection triangles next to the specified type are no longer dimmed Use the Up Down keys to select the Special option for the specified roll or sheet feeder Press the Online key to put the printer online again The printer now knows that the specified roll or sheet feeder contains special material 52 Ch
260. r Oc TC4 color scanner are listed in the table below Original types Original type Black amp white gray Line Art 268 Lines text icon Grays amp Lines Transparent 270 Transparent icon fn 271 Blueprint icon Blueprint 416 Appendix A Overview and tables Original types for the scanner Original type Ea original 272 Dark original icon 273 Photo icon Oc TDS600 scanner The original types that you can use for your Oc TDS600 black and white scanner are listed in the table below Image ba an original is scanned the following functions are per cae Lines amp text a Error diffusion a Automatic background compensation operator choice Grays amp lines An additional OD in OD out lookup table is used to get a smooth grayscale Automatic background compensation is disabled Manual background compensation can be set Dithering Automatic background compensation operator choice Printed matter Printer optimization to take into account the fact that the original already is a print itself containing raster information Dark original Error diffusion Manual background compensation Blueprint Grayscale image inversion Optimized error diffusion for blueprints Appendix A Overview and tables 417 Available media types Supported media types and sizes for the printer Available media types Introd
261. r of the Matrix composition tab 2 Click the Submission queue tab to follow the submission status m Current job displays the progress bar of the job being processed m Pending jobs queue displays the list of jobs that are pending to be submitted busy printer a Submitted jobs queue displays the list of jobs that have been submitted to the printer 3 Click Remove or Remove all or Delete if you want to remove one or several matrix jobs while they are pending or submitted 4 Click Move up or Move down in the Pending Jobs queue if you want to change the print order Reprint the Matrix job 1 From the Submitted jobs queue select the Matrix job 2 Click Print 198 Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner Copy templates Copy templates Copy templates are pre programmed copy settings These settings are applied to the originals in the matrix job Users can create and save up to 50 different templates Location Description The left side of the Copy templates tab Displays the template list This shows all currently saved templates Users can cre ate and save up to 50 different templates Templates may be edited when applied to a particular matrix job The right side of the Copy templates tab Displays the settings list These are the available settings that can be stored in a template You can perform the following actions in the Copy template tab m Create or delete a tem
262. ransparent recycled fluorescent and colored papers films and vellums Output reception Standard Integrated Receiving Tray IRT for 100 prints Warm up time None instant behavior Electrical require 120 200 230 V 50 60 Hz ments 404 Appendix A Overview and tables Specifications of the Oc TDS750 Dimensions Printer m Width 1440 mm 57 inches m Depth 800 mm 32 inches m Height 1475 mm 58 inches Note Reduced footprint due to an integrated Oc Power Logic Controller in the printer g P Weight Default configuration 290 kg 639 lbs Safety approvals T V GS CETECOM CE UL c UL CB FCC Class B Functionality a Multiple prints up to 999 m Automatic Language Sensing ALS m Optional climate control function to prevent humidity from affecting print quality a Auto roll cassette tray selection and switching a Print manipulation auto positioning rotation auto scaling shift adding removing leading and trailing strips image in version horizontal mirroring and copy stamping File spooling on the controller Set memory send once process once print many capacity to store up to 250 Aos and create identical sets sorted by page or by set m Concurrent receiving processing printing and finishing of digital jobs Sophisticated local and remote user communication system a Improved job management and settings management a Improved scanner templates Oc TC4 scanner Tec
263. recommended to remove all remaining media from the drawer before you insert the new media This way you can avoid the risk of inadvertently shifting any remaining media out of place and blocking the path This could result in a jam Load cut sheet material 1 Open the appropriate drawer see the illustration below i Note Do not open more than one roll drawer at a time to prevent overbalance of the printer 244 Open the appropriate drawer 2 Release the right hand guide by squeezing the light green release handle on the guide see the illustration below Move the guide to the required media size indicator Chapter 10 Maintain the Oc TDS750 373 Load cut sheet material i 374 Note Make certain that the handle is properly aligned with the appropriate indicator 245 Adjust the position of the right hand guide Remove the packaging of the media In case of wrapped paper also remove the top and bottom sheets Note If you use polyester as media you have to fan the sheets before you load them to prevent them from sticking together Position the media in the drawer against the front plate The side to be printed should be facing down Note You can check whether the material is properly loaded by looking through the view holes in the drawer see the illustration above Adjust the right hand guide Carefully place the media in the drawer to avoid damage to the media
264. rrupted job and collect the output at a later time Collect the output and press the Exit interrupt button at the Scheduled jobs area to continue with the interrupted job Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner 153 Interrupt a job i Note An interrupt job cannot interrupt another interrupt job 154 Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner Stop a job on the scanner Stop a job on the scanner When to do Press the Stop key to interrupt the original transport on the scanner How to stop a job 1 Press the Stop key The original transport is now stopped and you are prompted to open the scanner cover in order to remove the original 2 Open the cover remove the original and close the cover again You are now ready to start the next copy job Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner 155 Stamping Stamping Introduction Stamping is an Oc TDS750 option that allows you to print a predefined text on all your copies Stamping is enabled in the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application The key operator can predefine a maximum of 50 stamps in the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application You can select one stamp per original and you can select the Color Font size and Position A stamp can consist of the following parts m predefined text m date m time Illustration
265. rt the applications Six command line parameters are available to facilitate the start of the applications configfile lt config_file gt Sets the configuration file to use m server server Sets the indicated server as the server to connect to a languagei lang Specifies the first language in combination with the parameter language1 language m country1 country Specifies the first language in combination with the parameter country1 country a language2 lang Specifies the second language in combination with the parameter language2 language m country2 country Specifies the second language in combination with the parameter country2 country i Note Always use a matching combination of language and country see the following table Chapter 6 Oc TDS750 Power Remote Logic 271 Start the Oc TDS750 Power Logic application with Oc TDS750 Power Remote Logic Parameters of supported languages Parameters of supported languages EEL Language parameters Country parameters Danish da DK Swedish sv SV Norwegian no NO Finnish fi FI Hungarian hu HU Czech cs CZ Polish pl PO German de DE Dutch nl NL UK English en GB e US English en US French fr FR Taliana ie OT ts lt CsSCSCSCSCiCY Spanish es ES Portuguese pt PT Chinese simplified cn CN Chinese traditional cn TW Japanese ja JP Russian ru RU Apply the parameters to the Oc TDS750 Power Remo
266. s m View area stamp settings Chapter 5 The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application 209 Toolbars and workspaces Workspace Description Configuration System defaults tab Contact settings Regional settings Print job defaults Sleep mode and sleep timer settings Printer settings Scanner settings flexible or productive scanner depending on the configuration Memory settings Scan cleanup settings m Logging settings Manage the general system settings and global settings Print job defaults tab a Basic settings a Media settings m Image settings a Layout settings m Finishing settings Pens tab m Pen settings Finishing Oc Double Decker Pro tab m Separation settings a Tray selection settings Folder settings tab Offline folding 210 Chapter 5 The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application Toolbars and workspaces Workspace Description Configuration Manage the network connectivity security settings and licenses Network tab Power Logic Controller identification TCP IP IPv4 TCP IP IPv6 FTP LPD Novell IPX SPX Note For more information on TCP IP IPv4 and TCP IP IPv6 consult the Connectivity manual System setup tab HP GL HP GL 2 CalComp PostScript NIRS TIFF CALS DWF JPEG ASCIT
267. s are processed once and can be printed into sets sorted by page or collated by set Job recovery 22 The Oc TDS750 is equipped with a job recovery function that safeguards users against data loss in case of a printer failure After a restart the data submitted to the printer before the crash will be automatically processed and printed This means that jobs do not have to be re submitted after a printer malfunction thus saving valuable time for the users Chapter 1 Introduction User interaction User interaction Introduction The user can communicate with the Oc TDS7 50 from the system and remote locations Operator panels The Oc TDS750 offers the following user interfaces on the system m A printer operator panel gives status information on the printer and allows you to manipulate machine behavior m A scanner operator panel allows you to define the settings for copy and scan jobs but also allows you to set scanner settings m The Power Logic Controller allows you to define printer and scanner settings as well as management of print jobs Integrated Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application enables you to manage printer and scanner settings and offers print management capability It provides access via one application with security settings to limit user access Separate work spaces give you a full overview and full control on print and scan job managem
268. s of the Print jobs workspace 214 Concept of the Scheduled jobs 217 Concept of the Waiting jobs 218 Concept of the Printed jobs 219 Concepts of the Scan jobs and the Scan destinations 220 Concept of the Templates on the Oc TC4 flexible scanner 224 Concept of the Templates of the Oc TDS600 productive scan TE E E EP PT 225 Concept of the Preferences workspace 227 Concept of the Configuration workspace 229 Job management in the Scheduled jobs 231 Print a job in the Scheduled jobs 231 Move up the jobs in the Scheduled jobs 232 View the job properties of jobs in the Scheduled jobs 233 Delete a job in the Scheduled jobs 234 Hold a running job in the Scheduled jobs 235 Give priority to copy jobs over print jobs 236 Contents Postpone a job in Scheduled jobs 237 Job management in the Waiting jobs 238 View the job properties of jobs in Waiting jobs 238 Print a job to the Scheduled jobs 239 Delete a job in the Waiting jobs 240 Job management in the Printed jobs 241 Re print a job in the Printed jobs 241 View the job properties of jobs in Printed jobs 242 Delete a job in the Printed jobs 243 Disable the Printed jobs 244 Scan jobs on the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller applica OM cece E N
269. s the image to fill the window One to One Displays the image at a 1 1 scale factor Magnify Zooms into the page Reduce Zooms out of the page 264 Chapter 5 The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application Functions in Oc Power Logic Controller Viewing Description CS a amtaa OO Fran Vente more eme OR CS Rotate 180 Rotates the image 180 degrees Reference window This small floating window displays the entire current page in miniature for reference Detail window Displays or removes the Detail window Measurement When active allows you to measure lines and areas on the image Chapter 5 The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application 265 View error in Oc Power Logic Controller Viewing View error in Oc Power Logic Controller Viewing When the memory is almost full the viewer might not show the scanned file It instead shows a red border with a red cross Error bmp olx H m ml 168 View error 266 Chapter 5 The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application Chapter 6 Oc TDS750 Power Re mote Logic Introduction to Oc TDS750 Power Remote Logic Introduction to Oc TDS750 Power Remote Logic Use the Oc TDS750 Power Remote Logic to access the Oc TDS750 Power Logic application i In order to access the Oc TDS7 50 Power Logic Controller application from a remote workstation you must use Oc TDS7 50 Power Remote Lo
270. sage informs you that you must restart the controller 64 Chapter 2 Use the Oc TDS750 to print a job Introduction to the Oc printer drivers Print job submission software Introduction to the Oc printer drivers Introduction A printer driver is an easy to use tool to prepare a print job for printing You can use the Oc Windows printer drivers from any Windows application to print to your Oc printer They translate the data into graphics languages and enable your printer to generate monochrome and color outputs The Oc PostScript driver is also available for optimized printing of PostScript and PDF files Oc Windows printer driver The Oc Windows printer driver WPD translates the data into HP GL 2 graphics language designed by Hewlett Packard It includes the Oc Ticket specific Oc Job Ticket or RCF Remote Control Format header a set of information sent to the printer on how when and where to print the job Oc PostScript driver The Oc PostScript driver converts your document into PDF data the universal language designed by Adobe The documentation set Application Available documentation Oc Win The Oc Windows printer driver user manual dows printer m Online help files in the driver driver Chapter 2 Use the Oc TDS750 to print a job 65 Use a Oc printer driver to send a print job Use a Oc printer driver to send a print job Before you begin
271. scan job destination m View the properties of the selected scan job View This option is present if you have a valid license for the Oc View Station LT application The option allows you to view a scanned file that is stored at a local destination Note Files that are stored at a remote destination cannot be viewed Print Use this option to print a scan job to the Scheduled jobs Send to Use this option to send the selected scanned file s on the con troller to their initial destination You cannot use this function for scanned files that are located at a remote location 222 Chapter 5 The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application Concepts of the Scan jobs and the Scan destinations If you do not want to use the toolbar options there are 2 alternative methods to perform actions You can use the menu options in the top toolbar of the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application or you can right click to access a menu to perform actions on the selected scan destinations or scan jobs Chapter 5 The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application 223 Concept of the Templates on the Oc TC4 flexible scanner Concept of the Templates on the Oc TC4 flexible scanner Templates With a template you can predefine the settings you need for a copy or scan job This way you can store a number of settings that are often used The predefined settings are saved in a template The t
272. scribes the installation procedures for the different types of platforms Before you begin To install Oc TDS750 Power Remote Logic on Windows 7 Vista ME XP or 2000 your system must be at least equipped with a Pentium 233 with 32 Mb RAM Note Li The file name TDS750PLCRemote used in the installation procedure below is an ex ample It can occur that you need to use another name during the installation procedure Installation procedure for Microsoft Windows platforms 1 Insert the Oc TDS750 Power Remote Logic CD or the Oc Power Logic Controller CD into the CD drive of your PC 2 The installation starts automatically If it does not start automatically run Setup exe 3 Select the required language in the installation wizard and click OK 4 Follow the instructions on the screen to complete the installation of Oc TDS750 Power Remote Logic Note Li You can only use Oc TDS750 Power Remote Logic when TCP IP is enabled on your system Ask your system administrator for help with the installation procedure for TCP IP Installation procedure for UNIX platforms 1 Check if a Java Runtime Environment JRE is installed on the system minimum version 1 4 2 Chapter 6 Oc TDS750 Power Remote Logic 269 Install Oc TDS750 Power Remote Logic on your system From the directory Products TDS750PLCRemote UNIX unpack the contents of the file TDS750P LCRemote_vX tar to a subdirectory on the system
273. sdistavededevivesesssestanes 212 Oc Account center serrer 299 V Vertical icon toolbar Vertical icon toolbar cccccccesceeseeeseeseeeeees 207 View Scanned files cccccssssssssscsscssscsssssssseessessees 261 View job properties in the Printed jobs View job properties in the Printed jobs 242 View job properties in the Scheduled jobs View job properties in the Scheduled jobs 233 View job properties in the Waiting jobs View job properties in the Waiting jobs 238 View scan jobs Scan job view area 121 247 View scanned files View scanned files cccccccssseessessesseeseeeseees 261 View station LT View a scanned file cccecceseesseeseesseeseeeseees 159 448 View the current active licenses View the current active licenses 0000 290 View the scanned file properties View the scanned file properties ee 255 W Waiting jobs Waiting ODS sssrinin isisisi 215 Options Waiting jobs area Delete a JOD sister siennes 240 Waste box Reinforcement unit cccscssesscsseseeseeeeeeeees 341 Waste toner container Replace kai o n E A E RE 380 What is Matrix Logic What is Matrix Logic esurerionisneneie 193 Width Widths ee EE AR re 101 Windows Printer driver His iseierssenensdiisssel 65 Workflow Jobs siennes Overview Products Workspace Configuration sisi sssesso ersssreressressenses 208 Preferences Print jobs Scat JODS Essen dresse savessses
274. se Logic you must log on to Oc License Logic The following workflow describes per step when to use which possibility The workflow 284 1 2 3 Select the new options you need Use the following possibilities of Oc License Logic to do so m View the current active licenses You can make a list of new options you need and make a list of license numbers Oc needs the list of new options and the license numbers to create a new license file m Get the host ID of the Oc system Oc needs the host ID of your Oc system to create a new license file Send the list of new options you need the list of license numbers and the host ID to Oc Oc creates and delivers one or more new license files Create a back up of the current active licenses if necessary Use the following possibility of Oc License Logic to do so m Save the current active licenses 4 Activate the licenses Use the following possibility of Oc License Logic to do so m Perform a license activation job The license activation job guides you through the following steps 1 Locate the license file 2 Preview the new active licenses 3 Accept the end user license agreement 4 Finish the license activation job 5 Restart the controller of the Oc system Note Perform the license activation job for each license file Chapter 7 Oc License Logic The structure of license files and licenses The structure of license files and licenses
275. select the desired option Use the top key to move upwards through a list Use the lower key to move down a list The red stop key is used to stop the present print job After this key is pressed a dialog will be displayed asking for confirmation Note The printing process does not stop immediately since a number of prints may already have been submitted to the printer after processing The prints cannot be stopped The printer operator panel No Key types 4 5 Selection keys 6 Online key Function The selection keys are located immediately below the graphical display m The left key can be used to activate one of the main menu choices Language Folding or Media on the left part of the display m The right selection key can be used to activate the options on the right part of the graphical display Note A shadow highlighting effect is used to indicate the active menu option i Note To identify the active selection the dotted line around this selection is changed into an unin terrupted line and the small selection triangles next to the specified option are no longer dimmed These selection triangles indicate that you can select an option from a predefined list with the help of the Up Down key Use the Online key to put the printer online or offline If the green light above the Online key is on the printer is online if this light is off the printer is offline
276. sheet job this setting stays active after the job is completed Job interrupt only stays active for one job You have to press the Job interrupt key before each new job you want to give interrupt priority The scanner operator panel will automatically return to the top layer and the default settings after the time defined in the panel time out setting in the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner 133 Introduction to copy jobs Basic copy jobs on the Oc TDS600 scanner Introduction to copy jobs Introduction A basic copy or scan to file job only takes two steps Feed the original and press the start key Every other type of copy or scan to file job is called an extended job An extended copy job takes one additional step defining the job settings on the scanner operator panel When you turn the scanner on the scanner templates become visible The job templates provide access to the different settings per template When you select a template the scanner operator panel shows preferred settings in the custom card of the selected job template The custom card settings are the most frequently used settings You can define the contents of the custom card for each template with the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application You can use the selection keys to see the other settings After you start a job on the scanner you can manage your jobs from the Print jobs workspace
277. sis ss 134 Oc TDS750 FUNCIONS Sssssscseiesdssdessiecsisesdecesessasscestoscaseessendse 27 Oc TDS750 printer Oc TDS750 printer ween 27 Offline folding Offline folding sssssenisianima 320 Offline folding settings Offline folding settings cere 49 Offline menu options Printer operator panel oo cetera 41 On Off behavior printer On Off behavior printer occ 32 Operator panel Oc TC4 scannet ccccccsccssesseseessessessessesecesees 402 Oc TDS600 productive scanner n s 403 Oc TDS600 scanner ss 124 Scanner operator panel usage s ssseessesseseese 74 operator panel PITEN sss scszs sevesisdssdescuses wssvaseososstveoessstoxesoseasonw 37 Operator panels Operator panels ss scene 23 Optimization Optimization aan 163 173 File size ww Scan quality Options OPHONS wisesvessvvsstscsssscasarescotseosenseosonnstboseesieaibos 67 Options in the Printed jobs Options in the Printed jobs wee 219 Options in the Scheduled jobs Options in the Scheduled jobs eee 217 Options in the Waiting jobs Options in the Waiting jobs wo eee 218 Original Automatic feed ssmmsaratmaneniiums 148 Original delivery Select front or rear output oo 147 Original type Background compensation occ 115 Bl phint ss Dark original Grays amp lines Lines text for paper wo cece 115 Oc TDS600 Productive scanner 0006 182 PROOI ons 115 Transparent for transparencies 0cceeees 115 4
278. ssword 1 Select the Log on menu in the toolbar to log on to the system 2 Click Password in the dialog box 3 Open the drop down list and select a user 4 Enter the old password 5 Enter the new password 6 Enter the new password a second time to confirm 7 Click OK to save the new password Chapter 6 Oc TDS750 Power Remote Logic 279 Change the Password 280 Chapter 6 Oc TDS750 Power Remote Logic Chapter 7 Oc License Logic About Oc License Logic About Oc License Logic Introduction The Oc applications and options are protected against unauthorized use You need to activate the license to enable an application or option for use Oc License Logic enables you to manage the licenses very easily This section describes the following m The basic concept of Oc License Logic a How to use Oc License Logic 282 Chapter 7 Oc License Logic The possibilities of Oc License Logic The possibilities of Oc License Logic Introduction Oc License Logic has the following possibilities Possibilities m View the current active licenses m Get the host ID of the Oc system m Save the active licenses m Perform a license activation job You can activate new licenses or saved licenses Chapter 7 Oc License Logic 283 The basic workflow of license activation The basic workflow of license activation Introduction Before you can use the possibilities of Oc Licen
279. sword Purpose For security reasons it may be useful to periodically change the default passwords Before you begin There are 4 user roles and a service access mode in which you can log on to the system The default passwords for the 4 user roles are listed here It is advisable to change the passwords after the system is installed to avoid unauthorized use of the system Anonymous no password necessary Repro operator ReproOp Key operator KeyOp System administrator SysAdm How to change the password 1 Click the Log on menu option in the menu bar of the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application A secondary window appears The drop down box displays a user role already if necessary select another user role Click the Password button second window appears where you need to fill in the new password Click ok to close the window and accept the changes a ph Ww D Chapter 5 The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application 213 Concepts of the Print jobs workspace Concepts of the Workspaces Concepts of the Print jobs workspace Introduction You submit a print job on a workstation A print job can be created with a printer driver or with special job submission software e g Oc Print Exec Basic Next you send the print job to the Oc TDS750 All the print jobs appear in the Print jobs workspace Definition The Print jobs workspace is the main work area for
280. t ID will be stored by Oc Account Logic 2 Every original in the set that you scan is assigned a name by Oc Matrix Logic m To remove a specific original from the matrix job highlight that original by clicking on its name and then click Remove a To remove all the originals from the matrix job click Remove all Scan your Matrix Job originals 1 Open the Original section on the scanner operator panel P 8 2 Select the Feeding card 3 Once the feeding card is open use the Input mode button to select Matrix Logic Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner 195 Create a Matrix Job Note i After you select Matrix Logic the File and Copy sections as well as the Legend loca tion and Drawing method cards on the scanner panel are disabled RS it fd Custom Copy File Original Matrix Logic HC Scanner Multiple sheets y Afnor Image Set Leading i Ericsson So asine sheet Traiting Standard Input mode Legend location f Drawing method ue Feeding 154 Name 4 Scan your entire set of originals up to
281. t key The copy job templates appear m Open a copy job template with a left soft key The top 5 settings appear Scroll to a setting Select a setting with the left soft key Scroll to the required value Select the next setting with the left soft key Scroll to the required value Select Close to close the setting 3 Define the number of copies if necessary and press the green Start key Note li You can copy faster when you feed the original as landscape unless you must scale your original to another media size In that case you must feed the original portrait Result The Oc TDS750 makes a copy according to the defined settings 84 Chapter 3 Use the Oc TC4 scanner Available settings for copy jobs Available settings for copy jobs Introduction The Oc TDS750 provides a lot of settings to manage all your different copy jobs These settings are used for extended copy jobs The following table gives an overview and a very short description of the available settings This table is not complete because a setting can contain more than one setting You find a detailed description of each setting in the online help of the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application You can change the default value of a setting that you use very often in the scanner template in Templates workspace of the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application Available settings for copy jobs The available settings for copy jobs a set
282. t mode Select the input mode wo eee 141 Select the media sizes Select the media Sizes ssesssesseeeeeteeeeeesenees 139 Select the required media Select the required media wo tees 140 Oc TDS600 SCANNER c ccrsrssssersscrisosssenasosens 139 Select the scale factor Select the scale factor 142 Selecting belt as folded copy delivery on scanner operator panel Selecting belt as folded copy delivery on scanner operator panel ss 324 selecting language selecting language ccceeesseseseseteeeeteteeeees 48 Selection keys Selection KEYS tases nsssrniieinontianns 124 Send Unisetit scan jobsiis ssssesisoeessessavesssessssveseasveais 258 Send jobs to the Waiting jobs Send jobs to the Waiting jobs wo 237 Send scanned files to the same destination Send scanned files to the same destination 258 Set a special media indication Set a special media indication oe 52 Set copy Oc TDS600 Productive scanner oo 192 Set media size Set media Size rmmemenerninnsnmenens 51 Set media type Set media type ssi auseis iinr iii 50 Set media type for manual feed Set media type for manual feed wee 51 Set processing S t Processing sssi esii iiair 22 Set reinforcement for the copy job in the scanner operator panel Set reinforcement for the copy job in the scanner Operator panel eremi Eran a UTEE 323 Set the automatic background compensation Oc TDS600 Productive scanner 0 184 446 Set the background co
283. t the demo print Chapter 2 Use the Oc TDS750 to print a job 55 Print the system settings Print the system settings When to do If you want to have a printed overview of the system settings Illustration Select item Demoprint gt Print settings Administrator only 25 Select the Print settings option How to print the settings Press the Online key to put the system in offline mode Press the key above the graphical display Use the Up Down key to scroll through the list with options Press the right selection key below the graphical display to go to the next step Follow the instructions on the printer operator panel An A V D mn When ready press the Online key again to put the printer online again Result The Oc TDS750 will print a report with the system settings of the Oc TDS750 56 Chapter 2 Use the Oc TDS750 to print a job Access the Administrator only menu Access the Administrator only menu Introduction Purpose The Administrator only menu is a password protected menu that gives you access to a number of additional settings Change the settings accessible through the Administrator only menu How to access the Administrator only menu 1 Press the Online key to put the system in offline mode The green light above the key is off when the system is in offline mode Press the key above the graphical display message
284. te Logic application Apply the parameters to the following application TDS750 Power Remote Logic Controller application remote exe The easiest method to apply the parameters to the application is to create a shortcut for the application Then add the command line properties Note i The exe file is usually located in C Program Files TDS 750 Power Logic Controller Remote Bin OceRemoteLogic exe 272 Chapter 6 Oc TDS750 Power Remote Logic Start the Oc TDS750 Power Logic application with Oc TDS750 Power Remote Logic Example of a command line parameter The example below shows how to start the controller applications with the configuration file Myconfig cfg connected to the MyTDS750 server The first language is set to UK English and the second language is set to French C Program Files Remote Logic Bin AL exe configFile Myconfig cfg server MyTDS750 language1 en country1 GB language2 fr country2 FR Chapter 6 Oc TDS750 Power Remote Logic 273 Connect to the controller Connect to the controller Introduction After you start Oc TDS750 Power Remote Logic you must connect to the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller You can do the following when you connect to the controller m Select a system from the drop down list a Add a system to the drop down list m Remove a system from the drop down list When the Oc TDS750 is not available in the Connect to window you must add the Oc TDS750
285. te a job in the Scheduled jobs Delete a job in the Scheduled jobs 0 234 Delete a job in the Waiting jobs Delete a job in the Waiting jobs 0 0 0 240 Delete a scan destination Delete a scan destination ccccccccccceseeeeeees 251 Delete an area Delete an area c cccccccccsscessessessessessessessesseseees 101 Delete scanned files Delete scanned files cccessessessessesseseeneees 256 Deliver copies to the stacker Oc TDS600 scanner csccssessessesseseessenseeees 152 Deliver originals after scanning Deliver originals after scanning eee 147 Demo print Demo Pint ss 55 Destination Destination csc srsisitas vces deserve aces 163 DIN media series DIN media series csscsscsscsssersersersessensens 424 Disable the Printed jobs Disable the Printed jobs oo eens 244 Display Display sieste 39 Double Decker Pro Set the media separation setting 0 0 353 Set the tray selection setting wee 354 Stack Capachty 2s ssccassdssassecdpsrstacsvatsesesesnsesssnsies 352 Supported media types c cccceseseseseseeeees 352 Drawing method Drawing methodi sister 314 Drivers Drivers 25m mn 415 E Edit template Edit LM plate ss sessesssesegs ss isses 200 Empty the waste box Empty the waste box cceceeeeseseseseneeeees 341 Enable reinforcement Enable reinforcement cc cccccesseeeesseeeseeees 323 Error messages Scanner error messages eseeeeeeseeeeeeseeeeeeee 361 E
286. te desti Define and manage the remote scan destinations nations 2 Scan job view View scanned documents or view or edit the properties of a scanned area 3 document Note li Not all options are available to all users You must log on as a key operator to perform all tasks in the Scan jobs workspace Chapter 3 Use the Oc TC4 scanner 119 Scan jobs management TDS750 Power Logic Controller File Edit View System Job Scan Logon Help mi Sa B RBG ea 95 Scan jobs workspace Scan destinations on the controller In this area of the workspace you find the default destination of the scan jobs By default all the scan jobs are stored on the controller The default scan job destination cannot be deleted Use the toolbar at the top of the Scan jobs workspace to create edit and delete the local scan job destinations on the controller The Scan destination area also gives access to the Unsent scan jobs folder These jobs must go to a remote destination but cannot be delivered The jobs are temporarily stored in the Unsent scans folder on the controller Remote destinations 120 You can create scan job destinations at a remote location instead of at a local destination on the controller The remote scan destinations area displays the remote destinations that you create The remote destination is a directory on a workstation that is accessible through the network Use the toolbar at the top of th
287. tem Job Scan Logon Help N E IDE to Waiting jobs Move to top Delete s Interrupt e Owner Copies curren Remark tjobs Always to Waiting jobs Created account User Enable Printed jobs On Type Owner Copies Curre Gh al 3 Bi BB Os Bs Re D 4 155 Print jobs screen The software application on the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller The software application on the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller allows users to perform different tasks depending on the role they choose to log on The software application offers the following tasks in separate workspaces accessible through the vertical icon toolbar in the left hand side of the screen see illustration above 204 Chapter 5 The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller software application Workspace Description Print jobs 1 Print and copy job management Advanced queue management Scan jobs 2 Scan job management Scanner Tem Copy and scan templates management optional Stamps function plates Defaults You can use this workspace to define the default values for the copy and scan to file settings Preferences System settings management Configura Network management and connectivity settings 1 tion Oc Matrix Optional copy job submission tool Logic Oc Account Optional accounting module for tracking of
288. ter s 5scsscevccesescescsessesooeedevseoaes des asais 28 concept CONCEPT siisii niota aaa 16 Concept of the Preferences workspace Concept of the Preferences workspace 227 Concept of the Printed jobs Concept of the Printed jobs cccceeeeees 219 Concept of the Scheduled jobs Concept of the Scheduled jobs 0 0 0 217 Concept of the templates of the Oc TDS600 pro ductive scanner Concept of the templates of the Oc TDS600 productive scanner ss 225 Concept of the templates on the Oc TC4 flexible scanner Concept of the templates on the Oc TC4 flexible SCANNET sisaticsasssscsdassissegecesssastecesnesesestessosazsaiss 224 Concept of the Waiting jobs Concept of the Waiting jobs s ss sssssssssss1 218 Configuration COMMS ULALION sireisas 229 Configure Buzzer on the operator panel oo eee 63 Clear the set memory on the printer operator panel san nement 64 Password on the printer operator panel 61 Configure the network settings of the adapters Configure the network settings of the adapters Connect to Oc Print Exec Basic Connect to Oc Print Exec Basic ccccceeeeee 68 Connect to the controller Connect to the controller ccceeeseeeees 274 Connecting workstations Connecting workstations sccseeeseeeeees 259 Continue a print job Continue a print job 54 Controller STATE UP assises ea iaae i a Na 32 Controller Hardware Specificatii nS mesen aE R 410 Con
289. th hands until the printer pulls in the first part of the sheet The bulge will be reduced or it will disappear A few seconds later the complete sheet will be pulled into the printer Note If the copy job requires more sheets the display will ask you to feed the next sheet 150 Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner Use the manual feed function for copy jobs 9 Repeat steps 7 and 8 to complete the job Result Collect your output The image will be printed on the side of the sheet that faces up Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner 151 Define delivery of copies Define delivery of copies Introduction Normally your copies are delivered on the integrated receiving tray on top of the Oc TDS750 printer However you can specify to deliver your copies in the optional output delivery tray or in a folder or the Oc Double Decker Pro If you want to a deliver your output to for example a finishing device take the steps described below ER na On custom Original File Copy Stamping i Length Image i Firstfoldonly 08 Layout Full Belt idth Reinforce Off Stacker Finishing om OL Folding Folded copy Folded package f Binding Sheet delivery 123 Delivering copies to the stacker Deliver copies to the stacker 1 Open the Finishing card in the Copy
290. the Waiting jobs Click Off to deny the printed jobs from the Scheduled jobs access to the Printed jobs 4 Click On to allow the printed jobs to be stored in the Printed jobs OS Note li You can also access the Printed jobs setting in the Preferences workspace To do so select the System defaults tab the Job management settings group and Enable printed jobs 244 Chapter 5 The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application Scan jobs management Scan jobs on the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application Scan jobs management Scan jobs workspace The Scan jobs workspace in the Power Logic Controller application allows you to configure your scan jobs workflow The Scan jobs workspace is divided in three areas that manage the complete scan jobs workflow Areas in the Scan jobs workspace Scan jobs Description workspace Destinations Define and manage the local scan destinations on the con troller 1 Remote desti Define and manage the remote scan destinations nations 2 Scan job view View scanned documents or view or edit the properties of a scanned area 3 document Note i Not all options are available to all users You must log on as a key operator to perform all tasks in the Scan jobs workspace Chapter 5 The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application 245 Scan jobs management TDS750 Power Logic Controller File
291. the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller APP CATON denaii aa a aeaa aaa a a aa aaa aa aaa 174 Special copy and scan jobs on the Oc TDS600 scanner 175 Non standard size originals 175 Contents Th Scan WIT as casnd cc seca iscctcvacscaneaes aan iaaa aaan 176 Fhe COPY SO aaa aaa ae aaa Oaa aa aa a ea A aan 177 Scanning originals with filing strip 178 Improving the image quality 182 Automatic background compensation 184 Editing fUNCTIONS 22328 1 tinira sen nette nn pessoas ttes sient em dieu 186 AUTO ANG asser ss dessu ete eee nd enahanda 186 SHITE THE 1M AG Cosss shes shede ks ara a a E 189 Mirror image copies 191 Make a set COPY ii 192 Oc Matrix Logic is 193 What is Oc Matrix LOgIC nes 193 Create a Matrix Job 195 Add templates iii 197 Print the Matrix job 198 COPY TOM Plate Sivitsscsccsevsiseiassevsteel sleedetescetsstandetvesudieescesaavveseasestsueceienss 199 Edit Template etapa aaraa a adadda adea Dartha 200 BaANNErS sise aaa aA aa diode ins 201 Chapter 5 The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application 203 IN TOAUCTIQNS 55 esters esse Men nn ner ee re EIRA 204 The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller software application 204 Toolbars and workspaces ennen 206 Log on as a different user 212 Change the password 213 Concepts of the Workspaces nnne 214 Concept
292. the controller by opening the side cover on the left flank of the printer The interface to the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller can be accessed from the printer via an optional monitor mouse and keyboard or remotely from a desk top location Within the Oc Power Logic Controller interface access is provided to all the functions of the system Please see The Oc TDS7 50 Power Logic Controller software application on page 204 section for more information Chapter 1 Introduction 31 Turn on and off the Oc TDS750 Turn on and off the Oc TDS750 Introduction You can separately turn on and off the Oc TDS750 printer Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller and scanner Power On off options Part Description Oc TC4 and Use the On Off switch at the front underneath the original feed Oc TDS600 table on the scanner to turn on and off the scanner Scanner Printer Use the On Off switch at the rear of the printer to turn on and off power to the printer When you are facing the front side of the printer the power switch is located on the left hand side at the rear of the printer Note With this switch you also turn on and off the power for the climate control function of the printer Climate control on the Oc TDS75 0 on page 44 Keep the power turned on to be able to use the Climate control function Configure the Sleep mode setting in the Power Logic Controller appli cation to ensure minimal power c
293. the copy process for the current original You can stop the origi nal transport immediately when an original jam occurs 2 Section keys The section keys are the four keys located above the display These keys provide access to the Custom Original Print and File sections on the display Each section contains several functions cards These can be accessed with the help of the left most function key which is also called the card selection key 3 Arrow keys The arrow keys can be used like the numeric keys to define numeric settings The arrow keys are also used for selecting subfunctions 4 Correction The orange key marked with C is located at the bottom key of the central section of the operator panel Press the correction key one time to reset the selected setting to its default value Press the correction key two times to reset the numeric display to 1 Press the correction key three times to return to the first screen on the dis play 5 Numeric The keys with numbers on the lower part of the operator keys panel are used to enter numbers 6 Start key The green key marked with is used to start the feeding of the original or to restart the copy process 7 Function The five function keys below the display allow you to keys select functions or subfunctions within a card 8 Job inter Use the job interrupt key to set extra priority to your rupt key copy job or to remove extra priority from your c
294. the key operator and the repro oper ator of the Oc TDS750 They are in full control of the workflow on the Oc TDS7 50 He or she can manage all the print and copy jobs on the Oc TDS750 Depending on the status of the jobs and the configuration of the Print jobs area the jobs are printed directly or held for further processing It is possible to store completed jobs for reprinting purposes 214 Chapter 5 The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application Concepts of the Print jobs workspace Illustration TDS750 Power Logic Controller File Edit View System Job Stan Logon Help fig Print jobs Always to Waiting jobs Created Account User al se BBB Oi Bs Row Scheduled jobs 1 The Scheduled jobs area displays print jobs and copy jobs this can also be check plots or scan to file jobs that are printed directly on the printer without operator interaction The Scheduled jobs area allows you to change the order in which the jobs are printed and you can move jobs to the Waiting jobs area In addition you can hold the active job to process another job first If a job is currently printing you can interrupt the job in favor of another job When the other job is ready you can resume the interrupted job without having to resend it It is also possible to delete jobs from the Scheduled jobs area Waiting jobs 2 The Waiting jobs area is a temporary holding space for
295. the scale table to choose an automatic reduction or enlargement conversion of your scanned file The scanner offers 8 predefined scale size conversions to make resizing your original easy and error free Before you begin Make sure you have selected Scale table in the Scale section Scale on page 170 Illustration Custom Original Copy 100 0 Hig Scale table Optimization Automatic Image B H Seale Se Mirror Destination 133 Scale table Use the scale table 1 Select the Image card in the File section 2 Select scale table with the Scale function key The 8 predefined conversion steps become active 3 Select the preferred enlargement or reduction step with the Scale table function keys The scale step immediately converts the original media size to another fixed media size for example Ao gt A1 Note Li The default values of the conversions are defined by the key operator in the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application 4 Use the arrow up or down k
296. ting can contain more than one setting Setting Function Original type Define the type of original you use LL LE Le 12 45 Original type example Scale an original a 46 Scale example Define the type of media you use 47 Media example Chapter 3 Use the Oc TC4 scanner 85 Available settings for copy jobs Setting Function Lighter darker Make a lighter or darker copy 48 Lighter darker example Remove strip Copy without strips 49 Remove strip example Original width Define the width of the original Loti 50 Original width example Delete area Copy without a specific area 51 Delete area example Cut method Define the cut method of the printer 52 Cut method example 86 Chapter 3 Use the Oc TC4 scanner Available settings for copy jobs Setting Function Add strip Copy with a strip 53 Add strip example Alignment Align the image of the copy 54 Alignment example Shift the image of the copy 55 Shift example Mirror Mirror the image of the copy 56 Mirror example Drawing method Define the legend location Chapter 3 Use the Oc TC4 scanner 87 Available settings for copy jobs Setting Function Stamp Copy with a stamp 57 Stamp exampl
297. tings is called an extended scan to file job An extended scan to file job takes one additional step Define the scan to file job settings on the scanner operator panel When you select Scan the scanner operator panel shows five scan to file job templates The scan to file job templates provide access to the different settings per scan to file job template When you select a scan to file job template the scanner operator panel shows the top 5 settings of the selected scan to file job template The top 5 settings are the most often used settings You can define the top 5 settings and their values for each scan to file job template with the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application You can use the scroll wheel to see the other settings After you start a scan to file job you can manage your jobs from the Scan jobs workspace in the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application Illustration Copy Scan Ready W drawing EG Black amp white Tiff 400dpi Colour drawing EB cotour Tiff 4000p Photo in high res coour Tiff 200061 Photo in low res L colour Tiff 72dpt Pat E Biacks white Par 200dp1 Nederlands System 76 The scan to file job templates Steps in a basic scan to file job 1 Feed the original 2 Select Scan 3 Press the green start key Chapter 3 Use the Oc TC4 scanner 103 Introduction to scan to file jobs Result You
298. tio sorceres RER 387 Integrated receiving tray 393 Manual feed section sssesssesceeeeeteeeeetsenees 390 Sort Oc TDS600 scanner oo eee eeeeeteeeeeeeeeees 141 Sound signal SOU signal ss sicssnsessensestestteccedesescvsseoenasended 63 Specifications DVE Tran 415 Index Oc TC4 Flexible scanner ccccscescesseesereees 404 Oc TC4 scanner cceceeeeeeeeeeees 402 Oc TDS60o Productive scanner 404 Oc TDS600 productive scanner 403 Optional application software 415 Priten s cscsesssesisessoessonsssssesestecsesdess dodsnsessosnssx3 404 Scanner operator panel oo eeeeseseeeeeees 402 Specifications Oc TC4 scanner Oc Scan Lopi Os sesesesscssassesicessestesesvceisossens 412 Specifications Oc TDS600 productive scanner Oc Scan LogicO ss 414 Specifications Controller Hardware ccccssseseseseseseneeeees 410 Specifications Controller Software Specifications Controller Software 410 Spool memory Spool memory rirmi at aS 22 Stacker Stacker sp scsesccscsssceshasssseeveandenerstadanivartatees 310 Stamp SHAME einar iin 95 Stamping Oc TDS600 scanner s sssssssssesissierisreeseeseee 156 Standard scale formats Standard scale formats s ssssssssssssssessesseseesseee 424 Start key SEU COPY rn RT 192 Status bar Status bar ssnimanaesenatentinnnnsts 207 Stop Scan to file jobs 108 Stop a copy job Oc TDS600 scanner o ecccesesseeeeeseesesees 155 stop
299. tion m Compress database Use this option to clean up the database Start Use this option to run an update dialog or to retrieve log data Edit Use this option to change the conditions for the update dialog and the log data retrieval The Export filters Overview section tab m Create Use this option to define the conditions to export data Delete Remove the export filter Edit Change the conditions to export log data Copy Make a duplicate of the filter settings to create another export filter Run Select the required filter and start the export of the log data Statistics section Create Delete Edit Run The Licenses The license screen enables you to perform the following actions m Determine the host ID necessary to receive a valid license file a Activate the license file m Create a back up of the license file screen Chapter 8 Accounting software Oc Account Center 307 Summary of Oc Account Console 308 Part Description The Administra The administrator screen enables you to perform the following tion screen actions Change the password Publish the data that are retrieved from other applications Define the remaining settings for Oc Account Console Set the regional settings Application language Units of measure metric or imperial values Units of measure of the print ar
300. tion treats each sheet as a separate job Multiple sheets produces the specified number of copies for each sheet in a job and then continues with the next sheet Multiple sheets is illustrated below 112 Multiple sheets Set produces one copy for each sheet in a set and then continues with the next copy of the entire set see the illustration below 113 Set copy The active input mode can be closed by pressing the Stop key The currently selected input mode is marked with a bullet symbol Illustration Original Matrix Logic Scanner Afnor Multiple sheets et i Ericsson Sheet singte sheet Standard Input mode Legend location Drawing method Feeding 114 Select the input mode Image Select the input mode 1 Select the Feeding card in the Original section 2 Select the desired media with the Input mode function key i Note
301. tions drivers and job submission software Oc drivers Required printer driver Description Oc TDS TCS Adobe The drivers allow you to print from a Windows Vista Postscript 3 Drivers Windows 7 Windows ME Windows 2000 Windows XP Macintosh Mac OS 8 6 9 x or Macintosh Mac OS X application to an Oc TDS300 Oc TDS 400 Oc TDS400 CS Oc TDS600 Oc TDS700 Oc TDS800 or Oc TCS 400 wide format printer Oc Windows Printer This driver is a mixed raster vector HP GL 2 printer driver Driver TDS 32 bits that allows you to print from any application underWin and 64 bits dows Vista Windows 7 Windows 2000 Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 to your Oc TDS systems Adobe Chinese fonts Optional traditional simplified i Note Visit Oc on the Internet at www oce com for the latest information Optional application software Function Application software Print job submission m Oc Print Exec Basic m Oc Repro Desk Please check the Oc website for updated information about the available print submission applications for the Oc TDS7s50 Advanced copy job Oc Matrix Logic submission Viewing of scanned m Oc View Station amp Batch Processor jobs Account data collection Oc Account Center Appendix A Overview and tables 415 Original types for the scanner Original types for the scanner Oc TC4 scanner The original types that you can use for you
302. tions in the workspace You can resize the columns in the workspaces by dragging the table header separators You can also change the order of the columns by dragging a selected column header to a new position Workspace Print jobs Description Manage print and copy jobs The workspace contains the following areas m Scheduled jobs a Waiting jobs m Printed jobs Chapter 5 The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application Toolbars and workspaces Workspace Description Scan jobs Manage scan destinations and scan jobs The workspace contains the following areas Local scan destinations on the controller Remote scan destinations on the network Optional file viewing function for scan jobs View area scan jobs Workspace Description Templates for the Manage the copy and scan templates of the scanner operator Oc TC4 flexible panel or the Oc The Templates workspace contains the following areas TDS600 produc m Active templates on the scanner operator panel tive scanner a Template library with predefined templates a View area of the template settings Note The Oc TDS750 can include an Oc TC4 flexible scanner or an Oc TDS6o0 productive scanner De pending on your configuration you will use the tem plates dedicated for the available scanner Manage the stamps for copy jobs optional The Stamp tab contains the following areas m Active stamp
303. tivate the desired non nu meric value The selected value is preceded by a bullet Long list selection If you want to select a value from a list of options that cannot be fully displayed on the panel you first activate the selection triangles next to the specified option the dotted line around this selection is changed into an uninterrupted line and the selec tion triangles are no longer dimmed The triangles indicate that there are additional options available Select one of the non displayed values with the arrow keys Numeric selection Activate the selection triangles and select the desired value with the arrow keys or with the numeric keys i Note A combination of simple selection and numeric selection is possible as well 132 Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner Settings on the scanner operator panel Correct the settings with the correction key 1 Press the Correction key one time to return to the default value of the active setting 2 Press the Correction key two times to set the numeric display to 1 3 Press the Correction key three times to return to the top layer of the scanner operator panel When the scanner templates are enabled in the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Con troller application the top layer shows the templates When the templates are not enabled in the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application the top layer shows the Cus tom section When Automatic feed is selected for a single
304. tle of Oc TDS700 TDS750 toner each time the Oc TDS750 indicates the toner must be refilled i Note Every second time you have have refilled the toner you must also replace the waste toner container Refill the toner 1 You can leave the printer turned on when you refill the toner 376 Chapter 10 Maintain the Oc TDS750 Refill the toner 2 Open the left hand cover 246 Open the side cover 3 Shake the toner bottle thoroughly Leave the bottle closed Chapter 10 Maintain the Oc TDS750 377 Refill the toner 4 Place the bottle on the refill opening of the toner unit Do A 247 Place the bottle 378 Chapter 10 Maintain the Oc TDS750 Refill the toner 5 Pull the slider towards you to open both the bottle and the refill opening of the toner unit A QT 248 Open the slider of the toner refill opening 6 Tap the toner bottle gently sideways to let the toner flow from the bottle Chapter 10 Maintain the Oc TDS750 379 Refill the toner 7 When the toner bottle is empty return the slider of the toner unit to the original position to close the refill opening and the toner bottle You can now remove the toner bottle from the opening L LA La ZF Le Lf LF T AT Se CH 249 Close the slider
305. to the list of available systems How to connect to a system i 2 3s 4 i Run the application From the File menu select Connect to Select the system from the drop down list Click OK Note From the Edit menu select Options to define the default system This is recommended if you frequently connect to the same system How to add a system From the File menu select Connect to Click Edit The Edit systems dialog box appears Enter the IP address or the name of the system in the Systems box 4 Click Add The system is added to the list Click OK 2 times to return to the application How to remove a system 1 2 From the File menu select Connect to Click Edit 274 Chapter 6 Oc TDS750 Power Remote Logic Connect to the controller The Edit systems dialog box appears 3 Select the system you want to remove 4 Click Remove The system is removed from the list 5 Click OK 2 times to return to the application Chapter 6 Oc TDS750 Power Remote Logic 275 Automatic logon Use Oc TDS750 Power Remote Logic Automatic logon Introduction The Automatic logon option enables you to start an application automatically in the indicated user mode How to enable automatic logon Hostname Do not show warning at startup Systems Default system Automatic logon E Enable a
306. trix Composition view click Banners The Banner selection page is dis played 2 Check the Enable banner option 3 Define the banner settings m Template name Select a banner template m Media source select Automatic or Roll or Tray Note Li When you select roll or tray an extra field is displayed to select the roll or tray number Notes You can insert notes to your banner in this window Notes are persistent from one job to another Enter a company name Company logo click the Load button to load your company logo 4 Click OK to apply the defined banner to the job Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner 201 Banners 202 Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner Chapter 5 The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller applica tion The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller software application Introduction The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller software application Definition The Oc TDS750 Power Logic is the heart of the Oc TDS750 system It controls all activities on the system including print copy and scan The Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller software application offers users the ability to define printer scanner and network settings as well as perform print job management Due to security concerns the application is password protected and only specific individuals are able to access certain functions Illustration TDS750 Power Logic Controller File Edit View Sys
307. troller setup Controller setup saisine 303 Controller Software Sp cifications sinia 410 Copy Aspecific aked isuscsicsscdissssccesciseptenscotseseee 99 101 Makea s t COPY ssssciecssssssssesesssssascssosssstosonsiess 192 Original eera RE R TA 175 copy ON aCe sheera anaa 97 With a SAMP enn en R 95 Copy an area Copy an area ccsccbessesssscossstesisisecesconcassincrsczestenss 99 Copy functionality Copy functionality occ seseeseeeseeeereeeeees 21 Copy job priority Copy job priority erone 236 Copy jobs Available settings Basic copy job wee Clear an original jam s ssssssssssssssseseesees 360 364 Extended copy job hein 83 Introduction sssssssiscisssssssesssissrississsrinessses 78 134 copy jobs Stopa COPY Jo bemire dirt 82 Copy jobs on pre cut sheets Oc TDS600 scanner ssassn 150 Copy non standard size originals Copy non standard size originals 1 177 Copy quality according to Finevdetails i c ccciscccssscavvestorvavtvcavcvevavesctessies 89 Original brightness csseseseseseeeeeteeeees 89 Original type assistent 89 Copy sets Copy SEES esescessctscasees crises sepsdescosseocsiceeese 93 Copy size Oc TDS600 Productive scanner 0 177 Copy template Create a new template eee 200 Delete a tem plates vccassissaversssissssssrinsessssaieeess 200 Edit Settings sissisissssesdsasssssasecezcselessdescidvesesaseds 200 Save changes satin A issdeseeatsbesssstaveess 200 Copy templates Copy templates san
308. turned face up Scroll to Alignment and open this setting with the left softkey m Define the value of the Horizontal setting to Center with the scroll wheel Select Vertical with the left softkey and define Center with the scroll wheel Chapter 3 Use the Oc TC4 scanner 99 Make a copy of a specific area of an original The Leading strip The Trailing strip The Left strip The Right strip 3 Define the number of copies if necessary and press the green start key i Note To measure the size of a strip you can use the ruler available at the scanner metric Result The Oc TDS750 copies a specific area of the original to the specified position on the copy 100 Chapter 3 Use the Oc TC4 scanner Make a copy and delete a specific area of an original Make a copy and delete a specific area of an original Introduction You can make a copy without a specific area of an original with the Delete area setting You can use 2 settings to define the dimensions of the delete area and you can use 2 settings to define the relative position of the delete area on the sheet Define the relative position of the delete area with the following settings a Y Offset a X Offset Define the dimensions of the delete area a Width a Length Caution A When you copy without a specific area make sure that you copied all the required infor mation How to
309. tween is required to ensure that both panels are covered This format is used for a basic fold package Fold patterns Fold pattern Description DIN A Chapter 9 The finishing options 313 Fold support Fold pattern Description DIN B Drawing method Ericsson This drawing norm is used mostly in the Nordic countries The drawings have the legend in the upper left corner Afnor The drawing norm is used mostly in specific industries in France The legend is always in the lower right corner of the page independent of the size of the drawing 314 Chapter 9 The finishing options Set the standard folding settings Set the standard folding settings Introduction For print jobs you use the standard folding settings the key operator defines the settings for your Oc TDS750 system in the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application For offline folding you can change the values of the settings on the printer operator panel when you press the Offline key You can modify the folder settings on the printer operator panel for each individual offline folding job After the job is competed the default settings defined in the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application are restored on the printer operator panel For copy jobs you set the folding settings manually on the scanner operator panel of the Oc TDS600 and the Oc TC4 scanners The settings are valid for the individual copy job I
310. tween the rollers 4 Insert the strip of the tape into the closed section of the slide 211 Inserting the tape into the closed section of the slide Chapter 9 The finishing options 339 Insert a new tape roll 5 Hold the upper guide plate down and cut the tape at the knife section Quickly pull the 212 Cutting the tape at the knife section 6 Close the side door of the reinforcement unit 340 Chapter 9 The finishing options Empty the waste box Empty the waste box Introduction If a reinforcement unit is installed the protective sheet from the reinforcement tape is stored in a waste box For each roll of tape you must empty the box twice Note Li You can empty the waste box while the printer is running Empty the waste box 1 Open the waste box m First pull the waste box to the left hand side m Next pull the waste box to the front ASE Q Fe Vi 213 Opening the waste box 2 Empty the box 3 Close the waste box m First push the waste box forward Chapter 9 The finishing options 341 Empty the waste box m Next push the waste box to the right hand side 214 Closing the waste box 342 Chapter 9 The finishing options Clean the reinforcement knives Clean the reinforcement knives Introduction The knives of the reinforcement unit get sticky from the glue on the reinforcement tape You must clean the k
311. type function key to select Blueprint when you want to copy an original with an image in negative image in white on dark background The copy will be positive image in black on white background m Press the Original type function key to select Printed matter when you want to copy an original that is already a print itself containing raster information m Press the Original type function key to select Dark original when the original has an extremely dark background i e low contrast 2 Make other settings as required 3 Feed the original Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner 185 Auto align Editing functions Auto align Introduction You can use the alignment functions of the scanner to align the image automatically to a side of the print Alignment is possible in the following directions Alignment options Step Action Top left Top center Top right Left Center Right Bottom left Bottom center Bottom right 186 Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner Auto align Illustration and 7 za a 2 3 zh A 5 6 at aa 8 9 146 Auto align options with standard cut option active Select default settings for auto shifting with standard cut option Note Li You must switch on standard cut length to get output like the one in the example above Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scan
312. uction Oc machines and media are matched for the best quality and performance Oc advises only approved Oc media You can receive a full list of the Oc media that you can use in your printer that includes plain paper transparent paper colored papers and different polyester films from your Oc representative Caution A Do not store the paper in rooms where temperature and humidity are high Avoid dust and direct sunlight Wrap unused paper in the plastic to prevent it from absorbing moisture Media types The following media types are available for the Oc TDS750 Note The Oc TDS750 can also handle media with a weight of 64 g m2 Note Visit Oc on the internet at www oce com or www mediaguide oce com for the latest information Paper Name Code Oc Black Label LEMo2o Paper Oc Black Label LFMo22 Paper PEFC Oc Black Label LFMoz23 Paper PEFC 418 Appendix A Overview and tables Available media types Name Weight Code Rating Oc Red label Pa 75 g m2 LFMos54 Good per PEFC Oc Top Color Pa 90 g m2 LFMogo Good per Oc Top Label Pa 60 g m2 LFM110 Fair per Oc Top Label Pa 75 g m2 LFM115 Good per Oc Top Label Pa 75 g m2 LFM116 Good per FSC Oc Top Label Pa 90 g m2 LFM120 Good per Oc Top Label Pa 100 g m2 LFM124 Good per Oc Green Label 80 g m2 LFM140 Good Paper FSC per Transparent Paper Name Weight Code Rating Oc Tr
313. utomatic logon Username Machine administrate Password Cancel Action Access Oc TDS750 Power Remote Logic From the Edit menu select Options The Options window appears Make sure that the Host name and Default system are config ured correctly otherwise you cannot connect to the controller Select the Enable automatic logon checkbox From the drop down box select the user mode for the automatic logon Enter the password that corresponds to the selected user mode Click OK Automatic logon is now enabled 276 Chapter 6 Oc TDS750 Power Remote Logic Log on to Oc TDS750 Power Remote Logic Log on to Oc TDS750 Power Remote Logic User modes The Oc TDS750 Power Logic controller application has the following user modes m Repro operator Key operator System administrator Oc Service Only assigned operators are allowed to use the user modes Different passwords are required to access the user modes You do not need a password for the anonymous user mode Passwords m The default password for the system administrator is SysAdm m The default password for the repro operator is RepOp m The default password for the key operator is KeyOp It is advised to change the default passwords to prevent unauthorized access When a user is logged on the user can change the password for the current user mode Change the Password on page 279 i
314. ve licenses Perform a license activation job You can activate new licenses or saved licenses Before you begin To run Oc License Logic remote you need the host name or IP address of the Oc system Chapter 7 Oc License Logic 287 Log on to Oc License Logic Illustration M Oc License Logic Click the save button to back up the current licenses Click the activate button to activate a new license Ifyou do Lise eana please contact your Oc representative Provide Oc with the host id of your Oc system to get a valid license file Click the following link to retrieve the host id Click the logout link to exit Oc License Logic The following options are available Option State License type Duration in days License number Oc Power Logic Controller TDS750 Authorised Resale Permanent 86EV531459 Oc Advanced Queue Management Authorised Resale Permanent 86EV531459 Oc Print Exec Workgroup Basic Authorised Resale Permanent 86EV531459 Oc Print Exec Workgroup Authorised Resale Permanent 86EV531459 Oc Account Logic Authorised Resale Permanent 86EV531459 Adobe PostScnipt 3 PDF Authorised Resale Permanent 86EV531459 Adobe Traditional Chinese PostScript Authorised Resale Permanent 86EV531459 Adobe Japanese PostScript Authorised Resale Permanent 86EV531459 Adobe Simplified Chinese PostScript Authorised Resale Permanent 86EV531459 Oc Advanced Security Authorised Resale
315. w of the main functions in the three work areas m Scheduled jobs 1 contains the print and copy jobs that do not need operator intervention a Waiting jobs 2 contains the print jobs that are held and wait to be activated or that have a lower pri ority m Printed jobs 3 contains the copy and print jobs that were printed on the Oc TDS750 Chapter 2 Use the Oc TDS750 to print a job 71 Introduction TDS750 Power Logic Controller File Edit View System Job Scan Logon Help fy Print jobs t Print jobs Always to Wailing jobs Owner Created Account User a 6B BFP O Gs Be R 40 Example of the 3 work areas For more information about the Oc TDS750 Power Logic controller and the other work spaces Scan jobs Templates Preferences and Configuration please refer to the online help embedded in the application You can also refer to the chapter in this manual of the Oc TDS750 Power Logic controller application 72 Chapter 2 Use the Oc TDS750 to print a job Chapter 3 Use the Oc TC4 scanner Use the scanner operator panel This chapter describes how to use the Oc TC4 color scanner The behavior of the color scanner is in some ways similar to the Oc TDS600 black and white scanner but there are also differences Use the scanner operator panel Introduction Use the scanner operator panel to define the job settings You can define the job settings i
316. wer Logic Controller application a scan to file job appears in the selected destination of the Scan jobs workspace How to improve the copy quality of originals from a special type 90 1 Place the original face down and right aligned The scanner takes the original 2 Define the job settings fn 62 The Line Art icon of the Original type setting m Select Copy with the upper left softkey The copy job templates appear m Open a copy job template with a left softkey The top 5 settings display a Scroll to Original type and open this setting with the left softkey Chapter 3 Use the Oc TC4 scanner Improve the copy quality according to the original m Scroll to the original type you have 3 Define the number of copies if necessary and press the green start key Result The copy quality was improved according to the original type How to improve the copy quality of dark and light originals 1 Place the original face down and right aligned The scanner takes the original 2 Define the job settings 63 The Lighter darker icon m Select Copy with the upper left softkey The copy job templates appear m Open a copy job template with a left softkey The top 5 settings display m Scroll to Lighter darker and open this setting with the left softkey a Adjust the required value A positive value lightens the copy a negative value darkens the copy 3 Define the number of copies if n
317. www oce fr 430 Appendix B Miscellaneous Addresses of local Oc organisations Oc Deutschland GmbH Solinger Strafe 5 7 45481 Miilheim Ruhr Germany http www oce de Oc Hungaria Kft H 1241 Budapest Pf 237 Hungary http www oce hu Oc Italia S p A Strada Padana Superiore 2 B 20063 Cernusco sul Naviglio MI Italy http www oce it Oc Belgium S A Rue Astrid 2 A 1143 Luxembourg http www oce lu Oc Hong Kong and China head office Room 3711 18 Tower 1 Millennium City 1 388 Kwun Tong Road Kwun Tong Kowloon Hong Kong http www oce com hk Oc Ireland Ltd 3006 Lake Drive Citywest Business Campus Saggart Co Dublin Ireland http www oce ie Oc Japan Corporation 1 28 1 Oi Shinagawa ku Tokyo 140 0014 Japan http www ocejapan co jp Oc Malaysia Sdn Bhd 3 01 Level 3 Wisma Academy Lot 4A Jalan 19 1 46300 Petalig Jaya Selangor Darul Ehsan Malaysia http www ocemal com my Oc Mexico S A de C V Prolongaci n Reforma 1236 4to Piso Col Santa F Del Cuajimalpa C P 05348 M xico D F Mexico http www oceusa com Oc Norge A S Postboks 4434 Nydalen Gjerdrums vei 8 0403 Oslo Norway http www oce no Appendix B Miscellaneous 431 Addresses of local Oc organisations i 432 Oc Poland Ltd Sp z 0 0 ul Bitwy Warszawskiej 1920 r nr 7 02 366 Warszawa Poland http www oce com pl Oc Singapore
318. xtended copy job Extended copy job cccccessseeseseeeeeeeeeeees 83 F File section File S ctiomusss saisir 127 File size Bile ssi ze Verne ren 173 File type CALS ran E NTER 168 MULTEPDE A saruna 168 MULTETIEE keresni aiaia 168 PORA eere ARAE Scan to file TIFF sissie Finishing Oc Double Decker Pro ececesesesseseeseeee 349 Finishing options Finishing options cccsesssesesessseteeeeeeees 312 Belt unit ssh cesse 312 Folder 2 amener an ne 312 Reinforcement unit cccsessessesseseeseeseeseees 312 Fold patterns Fold patterns assises 313 Fold support Fold Support sixsssssestisasscsscssersstssnesteseanteveniness 313 Folder COMPONENTS issis irii asirispa 310 Reinforcement unit ss 310 Stacker csecss dassccescsuesbesecsitescseciesiativateviessezioss 310 Folder components B lier ce 310 First fold delivery sis 310 First fold section cccccccccsscesscssecsssesseesseesseeees 310 Folder transport section ccceesseseeeeeeeeees 310 GVO Re io ccciass acs R E sesaeseceneaees Reinforcement unit Second fold section Stacker suites a teks Folding OPES scicesccssesscsccdesisdiedisedeesesvledeiieasdsieasesses 320 Forgot the password to the Administrator only menu 437 Forgot the password to the Administrator only TEU aE ERREEN ERa 61 Frequently used settings Frequently used settings ss ssssseseiseeseisseseesee 126 FTP AEI E E 5 ce E EEE E 24 259 PRU
319. y become damaged 3 Close the manual feeder again 390 Chapter 10 Maintain the Oc TDS750 Paper jam in the roll feed section Paper jam in the roll feed section Paper jam in the roll feed section 1 i W Open the appropriate roll drawer Note Only one compartment can be open at a time Remove any jammed printing material from the paper path and if necessary pull back the paper and rewind it Note Occasionally a jam may occur before the printing material has been cut In that case you can cut the material manually by pressing the appropriate green load button in the roll drawer Reload the roll if the system asks you to do so Load rolls of media on page 366 4 Close the roll drawer again Note If the roll drawers are still highlighted in the illustration on the printer operator panel re check the roll feed section Chapter 10 Maintain the Oc TDS750 391 Paper jam in the cut sheet section Paper jam in the cut sheet section How to clear a paper jam in the sheet feeder 1 Open the appropriate sheet feeder i Note Only one sheet feeder can be open at a time 2 Remove any jammed printing material from the paper path see the illustration below f 258 Remove jammed material from the paper path 3 Close the sheet feeder again If the covers of the sheet feeder are still highlighted in the illustration on the scanner op erator panel re check the sheet
320. y the number of copies and the collection method from the panel How to set Multi copy check print m Enable the File mode and the Copy mode a The number of check prints and the collate method for those check prints can be specified on the panel 162 Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner Settings for scan to file on the scanner operator panel Settings for scan to file on the scanner operator panel Introduction The settings for scan to file on the scanner operator panel are divided into three cards Optimization Image and Destination Optimization Custom Original Copy File Optimization ile size i Image Scan quality i i i i a a Destination 128 Scanner operator panel Optimization card Optimization
321. y user friendly system The scanner in particular is very easy to operate Basic copy jobs can be performed by simply pressing the green Start key on the scanner operator panel It is only necessary to change the default copy settings with the help of the other settings on the scanner operator panel if you want to perform more complex copy jobs This section consists of two parts The first part explains the basic use of the keys The second part deals with special use of the display It describes how to use the soft keys above and along the sides of the display to define your copy settings The scanner operator panel The operator panel is located above the original feed As you can see in the illustration below the panel consists of a display in the center surrounded by a number of function section and arrow keys To the left of the display you can find the Stop key and below the display you can find the Start Numeric and Correction keys as well as the Counter window TERR EEEEE amp 2 3 a s 6 7 se 0 c 6 5 4 96 scanner operator panel The keys With the keys on the scanner operator panel you can make a number of settings for the Oc TDS750 The following keys are available 124 Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner The scanner operator panel Keys No Key type Function 1 Stop key Press the red key left of the display to stop
322. you can store and access the settings that you use for specific jobs customers or departments You only need to select the template and press the green key to start your job The illustration below shows an example with the following job templates Template 1 Template 2 Template 3 Template 4 Last used Connecting to controler teenie Pre Preference Job definition Description 1 Description 2 Description 3 Description 4 Template 1 Template 2 Template 3 Template 4 Lastused 101 Scanner templates An icon in the template window shows the selected task Description Copy Description 1 Description 2 Description 3 Chapter 4 Use the Oc TDS600 scanner 129 Scanner templates 130 Description Scan to file with check print Description 4 In the Oc TDS750 Power Logic Controller application the key operator configures the scanner template settings The key operator can change the job template names except for Last used for example into the following job names Single copy Set copy Matrix copy Scan to file Last used When you select the Last used job template the scanner recalls all the settings from the previous job You can change the settings or do the same job again The Last used job template does not display when you turn on the scanner After you select a scanner template the sections display The sections provide access
323. ys assises SOPs shescvadarseta ds ctssteaveasits E A L Language Scanner operator panel c ccsceseseseseeseeeeees 131 Leading and trailing strip Oc TDS600 Productive scanner 0 c0000 178 Length LG iesin 101 Licenses License 23 eh ed8ec28sseskhs aw Ahi a 282 Load cut sheet material 439 Index Load cut sheet material ccccccsecsesseeeesees 373 Load media Load ti dia isssdessissas ses sssssisciidnsexscdsssvnvseauacie 366 Load paper Load paper ss issseicsssess seseadsasicesiselesciatetdeadesnsess 373 Roll loader ccccccscsscssceseesseseesseseesecseesecenees 371 Load rolls of media Load rolls of media ccceccecccescesscesseesseeseeees 366 Load the media Load the media cccescessessessesscsscescsseeeeesees 367 Lock a destination Lock a destination cccccccsssescesscessceseeseeees 248 Lock a scan destination Lock a scan destination c cccccsscesessseeseeees 250 Log on Different User cccccccccccsccsscesssescssessssesseseees 212 Log on as a different user Log on as a different User wo 212 M Make a copy and delete a specific area of an original Make a copy and delete a specific area of an original Make a copy of a specific area of an original Make a copy of a specific area of an original 99 Make a copy on a cut sheet Make a copy on a cut sheet ween 97 Make a demo print Make a demo print cceeseeeseseseseseseeseees 55 Make a scan to f
Download Pdf Manuals
Related Search
Related Contents
HELLO - Scale Tec Toshiba Encore 2 WT8-B32CN 32GB Gold Servo Tester 2 user manual - Mikaels corner of the web KSC-44 KSC-76 Installation, Maintenance, and Operating Instructions IM-230 Harbor Freight Tools 1/4 in. 2.4 Amp Trim Router Product manual 45 - cincoze co., ltd. Samsung ML-3710ND MANUAL PRR-051 ELÉTRICA.cdr サイドケース インナーバック 組付・取扱説明書 Copyright © All rights reserved.
Failed to retrieve file